Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Hanmi Financial Corporation

Hanmi Financial Corporation

hafc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker hafc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 597
← All annual reports
FY2005 Annual Report · Hanmi Financial Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
hanmi financial
2005 annual report

you’re on our mind

Hanmi Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Hanmi Financial 
Corporation (Nasdaq: HAFC). A leading multi-ethnic bank  
headquartered in Los Angeles, Hanmi Bank provides high quality 
individual, corporate and institutional financial services in regional 
markets. Throughout its history, Hanmi has produced long-term 
profitable growth while adapting to changing market conditions. 

We credit this success to practicing sound and prudent risk 
management techniques and to nurturing enduring relationships  
with you — our shareholders, customers and employees. By always 
keeping you in mind, we are continually building a better bank. 

At year-end 2005, your bank had total assets of $3.4 billion  
and 22 full-service offices in Los Angeles, Orange, San Francisco,  
Santa Clara and San Diego counties.

Design: bloch+coulter Design Group   www.blochcoulter.com

Hanmi Financial
Financial Highlights

(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts) 

2005	

2004	

2003	

2002	

2001

For the Year  
Net interest income 
Service charges and fee income 
Other operating income 
Noninterest expenses 
Net income  

At Year End 
Total assets 
Net loans 
Total deposits 
Shareholders’ equity 

Per Common Share 
Net income (diluted) 
Cash dividends declared 
Book value 

Financial Ratios 
Net interest margin 
Nonperforming loans to  
  total gross loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
  to total gross loans 
Efficiency ratio 
Tier 1 capital to average total assets* 
Total risk-based capital* 
Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 
* Hanmi Bank ratio 

3414.3

3104.2

1787.1

1457.3

1159.4

2826.1

2528.8

1445.8
1284.0

1042.4

 $   136,996  
 $     24,669  
 $        7,547  
 $     69,133  
 $     58,229  

 $   101,749  
 $     21,624  
 $       5,775  
 $     66,566  
 $     36,700  

 $     56,621  
 $     15,397  
 $       4,625  
 $     39,325  
 $     19,213  

 $     47,971  
 $     13,485  
 $       7,719  
 $     38,333  
 $     17,030  

 $     43,688 
 $     12,799 
 $       4,454 
 $     32,028 
 $     16,810 

 $3,414,252  
 $2,469,080  
 $2,826,114  
 $   426,777  

 $3,104,188  
 $2,234,842  
 $2,528,807  
 $   399,910  

 $1,787,139  
 $1,248,399  
 $1,445,835  
 $   139,467  

 $1,457,313  
 $   975,154  
 $1,283,979  
 $   124,468  

 $1,159,416 
 $   781,718 
 $1,042,353 
 $   104,873 

 $          1.17  
 $          0.20  
 $          8.77  

 $          0.84  
 $          0.20  
 $          8.11  

 $          0.67  
 $          0.20  
 $          4.92  

 $          0.60  
 $               –    
 $          4.47  

 $          0.60 
 $               –   
 $          3.83 

4.77% 

0.41% 

1.00% 
40.86% 
9.06% 
11.80% 
1.79% 
13.94% 

4.26% 

0.27% 

1.00% 
51.54% 
8.78% 
11.80% 
1.37% 
12.51% 

2469.1

2234.8

1248.4

975.2

781.7

3.68% 

0.68% 

1.06% 
51.31% 
7.75% 
11.09% 
1.18% 
14.51% 

3.93% 

0.65% 

1.14% 
55.41% 
8.34% 
11.94% 
1.30% 
15.08% 

4.25%

0.63%

1.19%
52.40%
8.76%
12.75%
1.53%
17.56%

58.2

36.7

19.2
17.0
16.8

1
0
0
2

2
0
0
2

3
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

1
0
0
2

2
0
0
2

3
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

1
0
0
2

2
0
0
2

3
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

1
0
0
2

2
0
0
2

3
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

Total Assets
(dollars in millions)

Total Deposits
(dollars in millions)

Net Loans
(dollars in millions)

Net Income
(dollars in millions)

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Our Shareholders

Last year was by far the most successful in Hanmi’s history. It also marked a crucial turning point in Hanmi’s 

development. To best explain how the year’s accomplishments and challenges fit within our strategic plan, this 

letter will recap 2005’s highlights, summarize our expectations for 2006 and outline our aspirations for the next 

five to ten years.

2005 Highlights

Hanmi again posted a record-breaking year. At December 31, 2005, assets were an unprecedented $3.41 billion, 

compared to $3.10 billion at the end of 2004. Net income for the year was a record $58.2 million, up from $36.7 

million the year prior. We saw a year-over-year improvement in net interest margin, to 4.77 percent in 2005 from 

4.26 percent for 2004. And earnings per share were $1.17 (diluted) as compared to $0.84 (diluted) in 2004.

These results demonstrate the core strengths of our operations and are credited, in good part, to our timely 

and efficient integration of Hanmi Bank and Pacific Union Bank following our April 2004 merger. We believe 

we have fully realized the operating efficiencies afforded by our merger and that the combined strengths of our 

operations will continue to serve us well in the future.

During 2005 we assembled a management team that has the experience, energy and ability to achieve our 

defined milestones. We introduced an Incentive Compensation Plan (ICP) for our branch managers and 

senior management that rewards performance and excellence. In addition to institutionalizing best-practices 

performance throughout our organization, the ICP is designed to promote stronger growth in loan originations 

and the gathering of less costly deposits. We expanded our loan production capabilities with the opening of three 

new loan production offices out of state.

We tackled challenges during 2005 specific to our market. These included growing competition, which 

increased pricing pressures on both loans and deposits and created a greater demand for experienced employees. 

We have taken steps to counteract these market forces and enter 2006 with considerable optimism.

2006 Outlook

Our confidence stems from the fundamental and systemic adjustments we have made at Hanmi over the past  

18 months – and our planned extension of those programs deeper into the organization. For example, the ICP 

and training programs now apply to loan officers as well as senior management. We are rolling out sales and 

service training, and continue to make staff retention a priority. The marketing and product development team 

we recruited in 2005 is spearheading vital new programs for us. And we plan to open additional out-of-state  

loan production offices this year.

We continue to make significant improvements in our operations as well. In January we reorganized our 

structure into six districts. Each is headed by a proven leader, and all support our more sales-focused culture. 

Hanmi will benefit from the competition among the districts, and the structure enables us to incorporate 

greater budget accountability.

As for market trends, we anticipate that interest rates will continue to inch up over the coming year. We could 

see growing stress on the real estate market and a deceleration in economic growth. These are normal and 

predictable market trends, and we have positioned ourselves well to manage their effects on our operations.

4

2

Future Growth

Hanmi is becoming a leading regional commercial bank and, as such, we are growing our products and services 

to meet our customers’ financial needs. They require more sophisticated banking services, and instead of turning 

to major banks, they should find those services at Hanmi. We are increasing our middle-market lending and 

offering additional lending products.

To make our current and potential customers aware of our broader range of products and services, we will 

increase our sales and marketing efforts. We are implementing a Customer Relationship Management system to 

increase and measure our success. And we are training employees at all levels to advise customers on the banking 

products that will best meet their objectives. To make sure our customers continue to turn to Hanmi for their 

commercial banking needs, we will focus on providing excellent customer service. Through every contact with 

the bank, our customers will know that they are being served by the best in the business.

Hanmi is becoming a leading regional commercial bank and, as such,  
we are growing our products and services to meet our customers’ financial 
needs. They require more sophisticated banking services, and instead of 
turning to major banks, they should find those services at Hanmi.

Our accomplishments, our abilities and our aspirations in 2005, 2006 and beyond are geared toward building 

value in the organization. All we do is undertaken with you – our shareholders, our customers and our 

employees – in mind. We thank you for your continued support and look forward to sharing our future 

accomplishments with you.

Sincerely,

Joon Hyung Lee 
Chairman of the Board 

Sung Won Sohn
President and Chief Executive Officer

3

you’re on our mind

   Our   

   customers

         are the  

       foundation for

      all we do

 Jung Hak Son  Hassan M. Bouayad 
Chief Lending Officer 
 District Leader 

Suki Murayama
District Leader

4

      
 
 
      
entrepreneurial spirit

From our inception, we have focused on serving the Korean-American community. Beyond 

being a natural fit for our founders, the Korean-American demographic has long demonstrated 

attributes attractive to bankers. Among all U.S. ethnic groups, Korean-Americans boast the 

highest rate of entrepreneurship: One of every eight owns his or her own business. They also 

sustain a savings rate that is one of the highest among all U.S. residents.

Over the past five years, the Korean-American market has 
delivered a 29 percent compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) 
in loans and a 23 percent CAGR in deposits. As the business 
ownership and savings rates within our community generate 
increased wealth, our customers demand more sophisticated 
products and services.

extensive reach

Of the 2.2 million Korean-Americans in the United States, 40 percent reside in California. 

Hanmi Bank has the most extensive branch network in the region to serve them. Moreover, we 

have leveraged our expertise to reach out to other ethnic groups, including those of Iranian and 

Indian descent. Currently more than 40 percent of our loans are from the non-Korean-American 

market. We will continue this trend by adding more loan production offices in ethnic communities.

Our resources and infrastructure – specifically $3.41 billion in assets, a network of 22 branch 

offices and command of the highest share of the Korean-American market – give us a significant 

competitive advantage over our peers. 

established relationships

Our infrastructure also is impressive in that it is so well established. We, as the marriage of 

Hanmi Bank and Pacific Union Bank, are the oldest bank serving our community. Our branch 

managers and other staff members have forged long-lasting, personal relationships with our 

customers. That connectedness with our community is invaluable.

5

 
proven leadership

Hanmi Financial is honored and proud to have leaders at all levels of the organization. 

These professionals include our CEO, Dr. Sung Won Sohn. Our senior management 

team possesses many years of experience in Korean-American and major U.S. banks, 

and the vision to accomplish our strategic goals. We have branch managers who have 

served us well for 20 years or more, and among our newer employees are individuals 

whose ideas and energy are inspirational to all.

We believe that rewarding excellence multiplies excellence. 
Nurturing and recognizing our employees’ performance opens 
up channels for new ideas, innovative products and services, 
and opportunities for growth that our customers clearly count 
as a differentiating factor between us and our competitors.

reinforced excellence

Employee capabilities go far toward establishing us as the bank of choice among our 

current and targeted customers. To sustain, expand and encourage those capabilities, we 

introduced two new programs in 2005. One is our Incentive Compensation Plan, which 

rewards strong performance and productivity. The other is internal training to arm our 

staff with the tools they need to excel in their jobs. Courses range from fundamental 

skills such as using computer software to cross-selling and team selling.

incomparable talent

We believe we have the best talent in the market. To recruit, improve and retain such 

highly qualified people, we continue to develop career paths and to tailor opportunities 

that will help our employees attain their professional and personal goals.

6

you’re on our mind

Our

people

make

        all the 

difference

Greg Kim 
Chief of Operations 

J. Han Park
District Leader

7

 
 
you’re on our mind

Our

service

will be  

our

trademark

  Helen Kim 
Ae Cha Kim
Steve Choe 
 District Leader  Chief of Banking Services  District Leader

8

customer-driven approach

Hanmi Financial’s vision is “Meeting all of our customers’ financial needs and growing with 

them.” Our commitment to that vision mandates that we provide the best possible customer 

service. We are dedicated to ensuring that our products and services are tailored to the needs and 

sensibilities of the people we serve.

We operate in a fiercely competitive marketplace. We believe 
our success depends on delivering the best possible service to our 
customers. While intangible, our trademark service will ensure that 
we build long-term and sustainable value for our shareholders, 
customers and employees.

To set new standards, we pay close attention to each and every customer who visits our branches. 

We are training our branch managers, loan officers and tellers on how to best address their 

customers’ needs. Earlier this year, we reorganized our branching groups into six districts, 

headed by executives who have proven their excellence through more than 70 combined years of 

service to the bank.

streamlined operations

We have centralized our back-office support functions so that district and branch managers have 

more time to build relationships with their customers, market our products and services, and 

increase our employees’ skills. To measure and enhance the effectiveness of our services, we soon 

will implement a Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system.

At Hanmi, we believe the success of our business rests fundamentally on loyalty, confidence and 

trust – and that those qualities must exist between our customers and all of us and across the 

levels of our organization.

9

diversified portfolio

Hanmi Bank began as a community commercial bank and has built core competencies 

around serving ethnic markets’ financial needs. The recent years of record low interest rates 

and exponentially growing property values have enabled us to grow and prosper in real 

estate lending. We expect growth in the sector to slow as interest rates rise and property 

value appreciation decelerates. To ensure continued success for our business, and sustained 

shareholder value, we are working to expand the commercial and industrial lending portion 

of the business, emphasizing cash flow. Changing the mix of our lending portfolio will add 

balance and diversify risk.

We operate in a fiercely competitive marketplace for 
customers. We are committed to making decisions that ensure 
robust business today while simultaneously building value for 
tomorrow and beyond.

balanced approach

“Balanced” is a word we use to describe our operating philosophy as well as our portfolio. We 

continue to closely monitor and manage our credit quality. As a result, we have a reputation 

in our community for having high-quality assets. We are known among our peers for 

management tenets that ensure long-term quality and returns.

insightful management

Our management team knows first-hand the cycles that the economy follows. They are vigilant 

in monitoring the signs of coming change. While market risks cannot be fully mitigated, would-

be surprises can be anticipated and diffused. Given our balanced approach and insightful team, 

we look forward to the challenges and opportunities of our ever-changing marketplace.

10

you’re on our mind

Our

      asset 

 quality

remains 

superior

 Kurt M. Wegleitner 
Chief Credit Officer 

Eunice U. Lim 
Deputy Chief Credit Officer

11

 
 
 
you’re on our mind

Our
strategy

guides

every

decision

Michael J. Winiarski 
Chief Financial Officer 

Sung Won Sohn 
President & 
Chief Executive Officer

12

 
 
 
forward looking

From our inception through 2003, we focused on growth. We grew steadily and were the 

largest Korean-American bank before we acquired Pacific Union Bank, our market’s oldest 

bank. Our first years of growth gave us infrastructure, momentum and recognition. Those 

assets will serve us well as we have added profitability to our growth focus.

Ethnic banks in Southern California have traditionally focused 
on serving their customers’ real estate needs. When those 
customers wanted more sophisticated services, they often 
moved to major U.S. banks. We want to be the “go-to” bank for 
the ethnic groups we serve.

pragmatic process

We are the market leader because we have made changes. Yet making changes is not 

necessarily the same thing as taking risks. We have carefully weighed our options along the 

way, and our decisions have followed a carefully conceived business strategy, a strategy that 

guides us today.

In 2005, we completed the integration of Pacific Union Bank and realized significant 

economies of scale. We solidified our management team. We made keeping the industry’s 

best talent one of our priorities, and stabilized our workforce. And we have worked 

diligently to instill cultural changes throughout our organization that will ensure 

continuous compliance with government regulations.

The pieces are in place. Hanmi Financial is poised to execute on a number of plans 

designed to definitively differentiate our bank from our competition; to complete our 

transformation into a regional commercial bank; and to realize the upside potential we 

have worked for a quarter of a century to create.

13

next steps on our strategic path

All of us at Hanmi Financial are excited about the future of our organization, our bank 

and our business. We believe we have solidified the requisite components for success –  

a strong customer base, incomparable employees, customer-driven services, excellent 

asset quality and a strategic business model. We are now leveraging their collective 

strengths to make Hanmi Bank the “go-to” regional commercial bank for ethnic groups 

in California. Our broad plans include the operating philosophies outlined below.

We have a well thought-out strategic plan. However, new 
opportunities and innovative developments will determine our 
actual course. We remain flexible, so we can quickly adapt to 
changes, and proactive, so that we can manage challenges 
before they arise. At the same time, we will remain disciplined, 
persistently pursuing our vision.

future growth will be both organic and external

We have the necessary critical mass to grow our business from within, which is an incred-

ible strength. Our strong balance sheet gives us the capacity to fund the development of 

new products and new internal systems necessary to support continuing growth. At the 

same time, we command the resources to enable us to make acquisitions given the perfect 

opportunity. We are conservative, yet growth oriented, and will make the decisions that 

add the most value to our business as we move forward.

we will upgrade existing products and introduce new ones

Our stated vision is to meet all of our customers’ financial needs and grow with them. 

To do so, we will expand our product offerings and be more proactive in counseling our 

customers in their financial matters. While we will be stretching our boundaries in this 

endeavor, we will be offering tried-and-true products.

14

we will emphasize sales and service

We are the oldest and largest bank in our market. Our connections with our community 

run deep, and we are in a position now to expand those relationships.

we will explore expansion into other markets

 We plan to open additional new loan production offices in 2006. We will add more 

branches to our already extensive network in California and potentially in other large 

multi-ethnic communities across the country. And we have the option of becoming a larger 

player in facilitating investments and other banking activities between customers in the 

United States and Korea. Hanmi Financial possesses numerous options for expanding its 

business – options we will keep open.

One difference between us and our competitors is that we are willing – indeed, eager –  

to position ourselves to clear even higher bars in the future. In fact, we are raising those bars 

ourselves. We are implementing strategies to diversify our portfolio when others are not.  

We are basing compensation on performance measures even in the face of a talent shortage 

 in our marketplace. Our approach is different than our competitors’, but we believe rewarding 

excellence is the right way to do business. We are examining operations and procedures 

throughout our organization and institutionalizing best practices. That, too, is the right way  

to do business.

We are doing all of these things because when you conduct business in the most 

impeccable and service-oriented manner, your customers are satisfied. They refer 

additional customers. Your employees are proud of their work and their contribution  

to their community. They recruit like-minded professionals. Your shareholders realize  

a favorable return on their investments, and they continue to support your endeavors.  

We are pursuing the best business practices because all of you – shareholders, customers 

and employees – are on our mind.

15

Hanmi Financial
Corporate Information

Independent Public  
Accountants

KPMG, LLP
Los Angeles, California

Registrar and  
Transfer Agent

U.S. Stock Transfer  
Corporation
Glendale, California

Website

Stock Listing

www.hanmifinancial.com

Nasdaq

Ticker symbol for  
common stock “HAFC”

Left to right: 
Joseph K. Rho
Dr. Chang Kyu Park
M. Christian Mitchell
Dr. Sung Won Sohn
Kraig Kupiec  
Joon Hyung Lee
I Joon Ahn
Dr.  Won R. Yoon
Richard B. C. Lee

William J. Ruh
Executive Vice President 
Castle Creek Capital LLC

Dr. Sung Won Sohn
President and 
Chief Executive Officer

Dr. Won R. Yoon 
Former Chairman of the Board   
Chief Surgeon
Olympic Medical Center

In memoriam
We note with regret the passing 
of our colleague, Ung Kyun Ahn,  
distinguished member and former 
Chairman of Hanmi’s Board of 
Directors.

Officers

Dr. Sung Won Sohn
President and 
Chief Executive Officer

Michael J. Winiarski
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Kurt M. Wegleitner
Executive  Vice President and 
Chief Credit Officer  

Board of Directors

Joon Hyung Lee 
Chairman of the Board 
President  
Root-3 Corporation  

Richard B.C. Lee
Vice Chairman of the Board 
President 
B.C. Textiles, Inc. 

I Joon Ahn
Former Chairman of the Board

Kraig Kupiec 
Managing Member 
Shoreline Trading Group

M. Christian Mitchell
Former Partner
Deloitte & Touche

Dr. Chang Kyu Park 
Former Chairman of the Board 
Principal Pharmacist 
Serrano Medical Center 
Pharmacy

Joseph K. Rho
Former Chairman of the Board   
Principal   
J & S Investment

16

 
Hanmi Financial
Table of Contents

Selected Financial Data 

Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition 

Consolidated Statements of Income 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Branch Offices   

18

22

43

44

46

47

48

50

52

74



Hanmi Financial
Selected Financial Data

The	following	table	presents	selected	historical	financial	infor-
mation,	including	per	share	information	as	adjusted	for	the	
stock	dividends	and	stock	splits	declared	by	us.	This	selected	
historical	financial	data	should	be	read	in	conjunction	with	our	
consolidated	financial	statements	and	the	notes	thereto	
appearing	elsewhere	in	this	Report	and	the	information	con-
tained	in	“Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis	of	Financial	

Condition	and	Results	of	Operations.”	The	selected	historical	
financial	data	as	of	and	for	each	of	the	years	in	the	five	years	
ended	December	31, 2005	is	derived	from	our	audited	finan-
cial	statements.	In	the	opinion	of	management,	the	informa-
tion	presented	reflects	all	adjustments,	including	normal	and	
recurring	accruals,	considered	necessary	for	a	fair	presenta-
tion	of	the	results	of	such	periods.

(Dollars in Thousands, Except for Per Share Data)	

2005	

2004	

2003	

2002	

2001

As of and for the Year Ended December 31,

$ 

99,0 
62, 

$ 

34,366 
32,6 

$ 

,4 
20,96 

$ 

69,36 
2,345 

$ 

0,49 
2,90 
2,399 
66,566 
59,65 
22,95 
36,00 

$ 

56,62 
5,60 
20,022 
39,325 
3,63 
2,425 
9,23 

4,9 
4,00 
2,204 
3,333 
26,042 
9,02 
,030 

$ 

Summary Statement of Income Data:

Interest	income	
Interest	expense	

	 Net	interest	income	before		
	 provision	for	credit	losses	

	 Provision	for	credit	losses	
	 Non-interest	income	
	 Non-interest	expenses	

Income	before	income	taxes	
Income	taxes	
	 Net	income	

Summary Statement of 
  Financial Condition Data:

	 Cash	and	cash	equivalents	
	 Total	securities	
	 Loans	receivable,	net	(1)	
	 Total	assets	
	 Total	deposits	
	 Total	liabilities	
	 Total	shareholders’	equity	
	 Tangible	equity	
	 Average	net	loans	
	 Average	securities	
	 Average	interest-earning	assets	
	 Average	total	assets	
	 Average	deposits	
	 Average	interest-bearing	liabilities	
	 Average	shareholders’	equity	
	 Average	tangible	equity	

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

36,996 
5,395 
32,26 
69,33 
94,64 
36,455 
5,229 

63,4 
443,92 
2,469,00 
3,44,252 
2,26,4 
2,9,45 
426, 
209,02 
2,359,439 
4,964 
2,,564 
3,249,90 
2,632,254 
2,046,22 
4,3 
9,52 

2,64 
4,93 
2,234,42 
3,04, 
2,52,0 
2,04,2 
399,90 
,9 
,92,534 
425,53 
2,3,42 
2,60,0 
2,29,24 
,6,6 
293,33 
43,262 

Per Share Data:

	 Earnings	per	share	–	basic	
	 Earnings	per	share	–	diluted	
	 Book	value	per	share	(2)	
	 Tangible	book	value	per	share	(3)	
	 Cash	dividends	per	share	
	 Common	shares	outstanding	

$ 
. 
$ 
. 
$ 
. 
$ 
4.30 
0.20 
$ 
	 4,65,9 

$ 
0. 
$ 
0.4 
$ 
. 
$ 
3.62 
0.20 
$ 
  49,330,04 

6,6
32,990

43,6
,400
,253
32,02
2,53
0,03
6,0

$ 

,205
23,9
,
  ,59,46
  ,042,353
  ,054,543
04,3
02,69
0,4
235,034
  ,029,046
  ,00,2
9,392
36,94
95,40
93,42

$ 
0.6
$ 
0.60
$ 
3.3
$ 
3.5
$ 
–
  2,35,660

$ 

62,595 
44,66 
  ,24,399 
,,39 
,445,35 
,64,62 
39,46 
3,424 
,03,65 
39,635 
,53,20 
,623,24 
,46,564 
,05,249 
32,369 
30,252 

$ 
0.6 
$ 
0.6 
$ 
4.92 
$ 
4.5 
0.20 
$ 
  2,326,20 

$ 

$ 

22,2 
29,54 
95,54 
,45,33 
,23,99 
,332,45 
24,46 
22,304 
2,625 
244,65 
,222,050 
,30,5 
,64,562 
54,5 
2,92 
0,62 

$ 
0.62 
$ 
0.60 
$ 
4.4 
$ 
4.39 
– 
$ 
  2,30,66 

 

 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,

(Dollars in Thousands, Except for Per Share Data)	

2005	

2004	

2003	

2002	

2001

Selected Performance Ratios:

	 Return	on	average	assets	(4)	
	 Return	on	average	shareholders’	equity	(5)	
	 Return	on	average	tangible	equity	(6)	
	 Net	interest	spread	(7)	
	 Net	interest	margin	(8)	
	 Efficiency	ratio	(9)	
	 Dividend	payout	ratio	(10)	
	 Average	shareholders’	equity	to	average	total	assets	

	 .9%	
	 3.94%	
	 29.33%	
	 3.9%	
	 4.%	
	 40.6%	
	 6.95%	
	 2.6%	

	 .3%	
	 2.5%	
	 25.62%	
	 3.0%	
	 4.26%	
	 5.54%	
	 22.99%	
	 0.9%	

	 .%	
	 4.5%	
	 4.5%	
	 3.06%	
	 3.6%	
	 5.3%	
	 29.4%	
	 .5%	

	 .30%	
	 5.0%	
	 5.3%	
	 3.%	
	 3.93%	
	 55.4%	

–	

	 .53%
	 .56%
	 .99%
	 2.9%
	 4.25%
	 52.40%

–

	 .63%	

	 .0%

Selected Capital Ratios:

	 Tier	1	capital	to	average	total	assets:

	 Hanmi	Financial	
	 Hanmi	Bank	

	 Tier	1	capital	to	total	risk-weighted	assets:

	 Hanmi	Financial	
	 Hanmi	Bank	

	 Total	capital	to	total	risk-weighted	assets:

	 Hanmi	Financial	
	 Hanmi	Bank	

Selected Asset Quality Ratios:

	 9.%	
	 9.06%	

	 .93%	
	 .%	

.0%	
.5%	

	 .50%	
	 .34%	

	 .6%
	 .6%

	 .03%	
	 0.96%	

	 0.93%	
	 0.5%	

	 0.05%	
	 0.00%	

	 .0%	
	 0.%	

	 .%
	 .59%

	 2.04%	
	 .9%	

	 .9%	
	 .0%	

	 .3%	
	 .09%	

	 2.4%	
	 .94%	

	 2.%
	 2.5%

	 Non-performing	loans	to	total	gross	loans	(11)	
	 Non-performing	assets	to	total	assets	(12)	
	 Net	loan	charge-offs	to	average	total	gross	loans	
	 Allowance	for	loan	losses	to	total	gross	loans	
	 Allowance	for	loan	losses	to	non-performing	loans	

	 0.4%	
	 0.30%	
	 0.2%	
	 .00%	
	246.40%	

	 0.2%	
	 0.9%	
	 0.9%	
	 .00%	
 3.49%	

	 0.6%	
	 0.4%	
	 0.29%	
	 .06%	
	54.3%	

	 0.65%	
	 0.44%	
	 0.2%	
	 .4%	
	3.%	

	 0.63%
	 0.43%
	 0.45%
	 .9%
	.2%

  (1) Loans are net of deferred fees and related direct costs.
  (2) Total shareholders’ equity divided by common shares outstanding.
  (3) Tangible equity divided by common shares outstanding.
  (4) Net income divided by average total assets.
  (5) Net income divided by average shareholders’ equity.
  (6) Net income divided by average tangible equity.
  (7) Average yield earned on interest-earning assets less average rate paid on interest-

bearing liabilities.

  (8) Net interest income before provision for credit losses divided by average interest-

earning assets.

  (9) Total non-interest expenses divided by the sum of net interest income before 

provision for credit losses and total non-interest income.

 (10) Dividends declared per share divided by basic earnings per share.
 (11) Non-performing loans consist of non-accrual loans, loans past due 90 days or 

more and restructured loans.

 (2) Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans (see footnote (11) above) 

and other real estate owned.

9

	 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Hanmi Financial
Selected Financial Data

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Return	on	Average	Tangible	Equity

Return	on	average	tangible	equity	is	supplemental	financial	
information	determined	by	a	method	other	than	in	accordance	
with	accounting	principles	generally	accepted	in	the	United	
States	of	America	(“GAAP”).	This	non-GAAP	measure	is	used	
by	management	in	the	analysis	of	Hanmi	Financial’s	perfor-
mance.	Average	tangible	equity	is	calculated	by	subtracting	
average	goodwill	and	average	core	deposit	intangible	assets	
from	average	shareholders’	equity.	Banking	and	financial	insti-
tution	regulators	also	exclude	goodwill	and	intangibles	from	
shareholders’	equity	when	assessing	the	capital	adequacy	of	a	

financial	institution.	Management	believes	the	presentation	of	
this	financial	measure	excluding	the	impact	of	these	items	pro-
vides	useful	supplemental	information	that	is	essential	to	a	
proper	understanding	of	the	financial	results	of	Hanmi	
Financial,	as	it	provides	a	method	to	assess	management’s	suc-
cess	in	utilizing	tangible	capital.	This	disclosure	should	not	be	
viewed	as	a	substitution	for	results	determined	in	accordance	
with	GAAP,	nor	is	it	necessarily	comparable	to	non-GAAP	
performance	measures	that	may	be	presented	by	other	com-
panies.

The	following	table	reconciles	this	non-GAAP	performance	
measure	to	the	GAAP	performance	measure	for	the	periods	
indicated:

(Dollars in Thousands) 

2005  

2004		

Years Ended December 31,
2003		

2002		

2001

Average	shareholders’	equity		
Less	average	goodwill	and	core	deposit	intangible	assets		
Average	tangible	equity		
Return	on	average	shareholders’	equity		
Effect	of	average	goodwill	and		
	 core	deposit	intangible	assets		
Return	on	average	tangible	equity		

$4,3  
(29,26)		
$9,52  
3.94%		

$293,33  
(50,05)		
$43,262  
2.5%		

$32,369  
(2,)		
$30,252  
4.5%		

$2,92  
(2,65)		
$0,62  
5.0%		

5.39%		
29.33%		

3.%		
25.62%		

0.24%		
4.5%		

0.30%		
5.3%		

$95,40
(2,33)
$93,42
.56%

0.43%
.99%

20 

 
 
 
Tangible	Book	Value	Per	Share

Tangible	book	value	per	share	is	supplemental	financial	informa-
tion	determined	by	a	method	other	than	in	accordance	with	
GAAP.	This	non-GAAP	measure	is	used	by	management	in		
the	analysis	of	Hanmi	Financial’s	performance.	Tangible	book	
value	per	share	is	calculated	by	subtracting	goodwill	and	core	
deposit	intangible	assets	from	total	shareholders’	equity	and	divid-
ing	the	difference	by	the	number	of	shares	of	common	stock	out-
standing.	Management	believes	the	presentation	of	this	financial	
measure	excluding	the	impact	of	these	items	provides	

useful	supplemental	information	that	is	essential	to	a	proper	
understanding	of	the	financial	results	of	Hanmi	Financial,	as	it	
provides	a	method	to	assess	management’s	success	in	utilizing	
tangible	capital.	This	disclosure	should	not	be	viewed	as	a	sub-
stitution	for	results	determined	in	accordance	with	GAAP,	nor	
is	it	necessarily	comparable	to	non-GAAP	performance	mea-
sures	that	may	be	presented	by	other	companies.

The	following	table	reconciles	this	non-GAAP	performance	
measure	to	the	GAAP	performance	measure	for	the	periods	
indicated:

(Dollars in Thousands) 

2005  

2004		

Years Ended December 31,
2003		

2002		

2001

Total	shareholders’	equity		
Less	average	goodwill	and	core	deposit	intangible	assets		
Tangible	equity		
Book	value	per	share		
Effect	of	goodwill	and	core	deposit	intangible	assets		
Tangible	book	value	per	share		

$426,  
(2,49)		
$209,02  
$.		
(4.4)		
$4.30 		

$399,90  
(22,9)		
$,9  
$.		
(4.49)		
$3.62		

$39,46  
(2,043)		
$3,424  
$4.92		
(0.0)		
$4.5		

$24,46  
(2,64)		
$22,304  
$4.4		
(0.0)		
$4.39		

$04,3
(2,4)
$02,69
 $3.3
	(0.0)
$3.5

2

 
 
 
Hanmi Financial
Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This	discussion	presents	management’s	analysis	of	the	financial	
condition	and	results	of	operations	as	of	and	for	the	years	
ended	December	31, 2005, 2004	and	2003.	This	discussion	
should	be	read	in	conjunction	with	our	consolidated	financial	
statements	and	the	notes	related	thereto	presented	elsewhere	
in	this	report.

This	discussion	and	analysis	contains	forward-looking	state-
ments	that	involve	risks	and	uncertainties.	Our	actual	results	
could	differ	materially	from	those	anticipated	in	such	forward-
looking	statements	because	of	certain	factors	discussed		
elsewhere	in	this	report.

Critical Accounting Policies

We	have	established	various	accounting	policies	that	govern	
the	application	of	accounting	principles	generally	accepted	in	
the	United	States	of	America	in	the	preparation	of	our	finan-
cial	statements.	Our	significant	accounting	policies	are	
described	in	the	“Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements.”	
Certain	accounting	policies	require	us	to	make	significant	esti-
mates	and	assumptions	that	have	a	material	impact	on	the		
carrying	value	of	certain	assets	and	liabilities,	and	we	consider	
these	critical	accounting	policies.	We	use	estimates	and	
assumptions	based	on	historical	experience	and	other	factors	
that	we	believe	to	be	reasonable	under	the	circumstances.	
Actual	results	could	differ	significantly	from	these	estimates	
and	assumptions,	which	could	have	a	material	impact	on	the	
carrying	value	of	assets	and	liabilities	at	the	balance	sheet	dates	
and	our	results	of	operations	for	the	reporting	periods.	
Management	has	discussed	the	development	and	selection	of	
these	critical	accounting	policies	with	the	Audit	Committee	of	
Hanmi	Financial’s	Board	of	Directors.

During	the	year	ended	December	31, 2004,	in	accordance	
with	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	(“SFAS”)	
No.	141,	“Business Combinations”	(“SFAS	No.	141”),	the	purchase	
of	Pacific	Union	Bank	(“PUB”)	required	significant	estimates	
and	assumptions.	We	engaged	outside	experts,	including	
appraisers,	to	assist	in	estimating	the	fair	values	of	certain	
assets	acquired,	particularly	the	loan	portfolio,	core	deposit	
intangible	asset	and	fixed	assets.	The	Bank	used	market	data	
regarding	securities	market	prices	and	interest	rates	to	esti-
mate	the	fair	values	of	financial	assets,	including	the	securities	
portfolio,	deposits	and	borrowings.	We	also	evaluated	long-
lived	assets	for	impairment	and	recorded	any	necessary	adjust-
ments.	In	accordance	with	Emerging	Issues	Task	Force	Issue	
No.	95-3,	“Recognition of Liabilities in Connection With a Purchase 
Business Combination,”	we	recognized	liabilities	assumed	for	
costs	to	involuntarily	terminate	employees	of	PUB	and	costs	
to	exit	activities	of	PUB	under	an	exit	plan	approved	by	Hanmi	
Bank’s	Board	of	Directors.

We	believe	the	allowance	for	loan	losses	and	allowance	for	
off-balance	sheet	items	are	critical	accounting	policies	that	
require	significant	estimates	and	assumptions	that	are	particu-
larly	susceptible	to	significant	change	in	the	preparation	of	our	
financial	statements.	See	“Financial	Condition	–	Allowance	for	
Loan	Losses	and	Allowance	for	Off-Balance	Sheet	Items,”	
“Results	of	Operations	–	Provision	for	Credit	Losses”	and	
“Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements,	Note	1	–	
Summary	of	Significant	Accounting	Policies”	for	a	description	
of	the	methodology	used	to	determine	the	allowance	for	loan	
losses	and	allowance	for	off-balance	sheet	items.

Overview

On	April	30, 2004,	we	completed	the	merger	with	PUB.	
Therefore,	operating	results	for	the	year	ended	December	31, 
2004	include	eight	months	of	operations	of	the	combined	
entity	and	reflect	an	increase	in	average	total	assets	from	$2.67 
billion	for	the	year	ended	December	31, 2004	to	$3.25	billion	
for	the	year	ended	December	31, 2005.

Over	the	last	two	years,	we	have	experienced	significant	
growth	in	assets	and	deposits.	Total	assets	increased	to	
$3,414.3	million	at	December	31, 2005	from	$3,104.2	million	
and	$1,787.1	million	at	December	31, 2004	and	2003,	respec-
tively.	Net	loans	increased	to	$2,469.1	million	at	December	
31, 2005	from	$2,234.8	million	and	$1,248.4	million	at	
December	31, 2004	and	2003,	respectively.	Total	deposits	
increased	to	$2,826.1	million	at	December	3, 2005	from	
$2,528.8	million	and	$1,445.8	million	at	December	31, 2004	
and	2003,	respectively.	Our	asset	growth	was	mainly	due	to	
the	acquisition	of	PUB,	which	had	assets	of	$1.2	billion,	and	
also	was	attributable	to	loan	production	during	the	period.

For	the	year	ended	December	31, 2005,	net	income	was	$58.2	
million,	representing	an	increase	of	$21.5	million,	or	58.7	
percent,	from	$36.7	million	for	the	year	ended	December	31, 
2004.	This	resulted	in	basic	earnings	per	share	of	$1.18	and	
$0.87	for	the	years	ended	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	
respectively,	and	diluted	earnings	per	share	of	$1.17	and	$0.84	
for	the	same	years.	Our	primary	source	of	revenue	is	net	
interest	income,	which	is	the	difference	between	interest	and	
fees	derived	from	earning	assets	and	interest	paid	on	liabilities	
incurred	to	fund	those	assets.	Net	interest	income	is	affected	
by	changes	in	the	volume	of	interest-earning	assets	and	inter-
est-bearing	liabilities.	It	also	is	affected	by	changes	in	yields	
earned	on	interest-earning	assets	and	rates	paid	on	interest-
bearing	liabilities.	The	increase	in	net	income	for	2005	was	
attributable	to	increases	in	net	interest	margin	and	average	
interest-earning	assets.	Net	interest	income	increased	due	to	
a	23.2	percent	increase	in	volume	of	gross	loans.	The	average	
interest	rate	paid	on	interest-bearing	liabilities	increased	by	
111	basis	points	while	the	average	interest	rate	earned	on	
interest-earning	assets	increased	by	130	basis	points.	As	a	
result,	net	interest	spread	increased	by	19	basis	points	from	
3.70	percent	in	2004	to	3.89	percent	in	2005.

22 

Results of Operations
Net	Interest	Income	and	Net	Interest	Margin

Our	earnings	depend	largely	upon	the	difference	between	the	
interest	income	received	from	our	loan	portfolio	and	other	
interest-earning	assets	and	the	interest	paid	on	deposits	and	
borrowings.	The	difference	is	“net	interest	income.”	The	dif-
ference	between	the	yield	earned	on	interest-earning	assets	
and	the	cost	of	interest-bearing	liabilities	is	“net	interest	
spread.”	Net	interest	income,	when	expressed	as	a	percentage	
of	average	total	interest-earning	assets,	is	referred	to	as	the	
net	interest	margin.	Net	interest	income	is	affected	by	the	
change	in	the	level	and	mix	of	interest-earning	assets	and	
interest-bearing	liabilities,	referred	to	as	volume	changes.	Our	
net	interest	income	also	is	affected	by	changes	in	the	yields	
earned	on	assets	and	rates	paid	on	liabilities,	referred	to	as	
rate	changes.	Interest	rates	charged	on	loans	are	affected	prin-
cipally	by	the	demand	for	such	loans,	the	supply	of	money	
available	for	lending	purposes	and	competitive	factors.	Those	
factors	are,	in	turn,	affected	by	general	economic	conditions	
and	other	factors	beyond	our	control,	such	as	Federal	eco-
nomic	policies,	the	general	supply	of	money	in	the	economy,	
income	tax	policies,	governmental	budgetary	matters	and	the	
actions	of	the	FRS.

For	the	years	ended	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	net	interest	
income	was	$137.0	million	and	$101.7	million,	respectively.	
The	net	interest	spread	and	net	interest	margin	for	the	year	
ended	December	31, 2005	were	3.89	percent	and	4.77	per-
cent,	respectively,	compared	to	3.70	percent	and	4.26	per-
cent,	respectively,	for	the	year	ended	December	31, 2004.

For	the	years	ended	December	31, 2004	and	2003,	net	interest	
income	was	$101.7	million	and	$56.6	million,	respectively.	
The	net	interest	spread	and	net	interest	margin	for	the	year	
ended	December	31, 2004	were	3.70	percent	and	4.26	per-
cent,	respectively,	compared	to	3.06	percent	and	3.68	per-
cent,	respectively,	for	the	year	ended	December	31, 2003.

Average	interest-earning	assets	increased	20.3	percent	to	
$2,871.6	million	in	2005	from	$2,387.4	million	in	2004.	
Average	gross	loans	increased	23.2	percent	to	$2,382.2	mil-
lion	in	2005	from	$1,933.8	million	in	2004,	and	average	
investment	securities	decreased	1.5	percent	to	$419.0	million	
in	2005	from	$425.5	million	in	2004.	Total	loan	interest	
income	increased	by	53.2	percent	in	2005	on	an	annual	basis	
due	to	the	increase	in	average	gross	loans	outstanding	and	the	
increase	in	the	average	yield	on	loans	from	6.04	percent	in	
2004	to	7.51	percent	in	2005.	The	average	interest	rate	
charged	on	loans	increased	147	basis	points,	reflecting	the	

For	the	year	ended	December	31, 2004,	net	income	was	$36.7	
million,	representing	an	increase	of	$17.5	million,	or	91.0	
percent,	from	$19.2	million	for	the	year	ended	December	31, 
2003.	This	resulted	in	basic	earnings	per	share	of	$0.87	and	
$0.68	for	the	years	ended	December	31, 2004	and	2003,	
respectively,	and	diluted	earnings	per	share	of	$0.84 and	$0.67	
for	the	same	years.	The	increase	in	net	income	for	2004	was	
attributable	to	increases	in	net	interest	margin	and	average	
interest-earning	assets.	Net	interest	income	increased	due	to	
a	73.1	percent	increase	in	volume	of	gross	loans.	The	average	
interest	rate	paid	on	interest-bearing	liabilities	decreased	by	
four	basis	points	while	the	average	interest	rate	earned	
increased	by	60	basis	points.	As	a	result,	net	interest	spread	
increased	by	64	basis	points	from	3.06	percent	in	2003	to	3.70	
percent	in	2004.

Our	results	of	operations	are	significantly	affected	by	the	pro-
vision	for	credit	losses.	The	provision	for	credit	losses	was	
$5.4	million,	$2.9	million	and	$5.7	million	in	2005,	2004	and	
2003,	respectively,	reflecting	changes	in	the	balance	and	credit	
quality	of	the	loan	portfolio.

We	also	generated	substantial	non-interest	income	from	ser-
vice	charges	on	deposit	accounts,	charges	and	fees	from	inter-
national	trade	finance,	and	gains	on	sales	of	loans.	For	the	year	
ended	December	31, 2005,	non-interest	income	was	$32.2	
million,	an	increase	of	$4.8	million,	or	17.6	percent,	over	
2004	non-interest	income	of	$27.4	million.	For	the	year	ended	
December	31, 2004,	non-interest	income	was	$27.4	million,	
an	increase	of	$7.4	million,	or	36.8	percent,	over	2003	non-
interest	income	of	$20.0	million.	The	increases	in	both	years	
resulted	primarily	from	the	merger	with	PUB	and	expansion	
in	the	Bank’s	loan	and	deposit	portfolios.

Non-interest	expenses	consist	primarily	of	employee	compen-
sation	and	benefits,	occupancy	and	equipment	expenses	and	
data	processing	expenses.	For	the	year	ended	December	31, 
2005,	non-interest	expenses	were	$69.1	million,	an	increase	of	
$2.6	million,	or	3.9	percent,	over	2004	non-interest	expenses	
of	$66.6	million.	For	the	year	ended	December	31, 2004,		
non-interest	expenses	were	$66.6	million,	an	increase	of	$27.3	
million,	or	69.3	percent,	over	2003	non-interest	expenses	of	
$39.3	million.	In	both	years,	the	increases	were	primarily	the	
result	of	the	merger	with	PUB.	The	efficiency	ratio	improved	
to	40.86	percent	in	2005	compared	to	51.54	percent	in	2004	
as	the	Bank	achieved	greater	operating	efficiencies	after	com-
pleting	the	integration	of	PUB’s	operations	into	the	Bank’s,	
whereas	2004	non-interest	expenses	included	the	cost	of		
parallel	operations	and	non-recurring	expenses	associated	
with	the	merger.	In	2004,	the	efficiency	ratio	increased	slightly	
to	51.54	percent	compared	to	51.31	percent	in	2003	because	
of	non-recurring	expenses	associated	with	the	merger.

23

Hanmi Financial
Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Average	interest-earning	assets	increased	55.1	percent	to	
$2,387.4	million	in	2004	from	$1,538.8	million	in	2003.	
Average	gross	loans	increased	73.1	percent	to	$1,933.8	million	
in	2004	from	$1,117.0	million	in	2003	and	average	investment	
securities	increased	12.1	percent	to	$425.5	million	in	2004	
from	$379.6	million	in	2003.	Total	loan	interest	income	
increased	by	81.1	percent	in	2004	on	an	annual	basis	due	to	the	
increase	in	average	gross	loans	outstanding	and	the	increase	in	
average	yield	on	loans	from	5.78	percent	in	2003	to	6.04	per-
cent	in	2004.	The	average	interest	rate	charged	on	loans	
increased	26	basis	points,	reflecting	the	average	WSJ	Prime	Rate	
increase	of	22	basis	points	from	4.12	percent	in	2003	to	4.34	
percent	in	2004.	The	yield	on	average	interest-earning	assets	
increased	from	5.03	percent	in	2003	to	5.63	percent	in	2004,	
an	increase	of	60	basis	points,	reflecting	a	shift	in	the	mix	of	
interest-earning	assets	from	72.3	percent	loans,	24.9	percent	
securities	and	2.8	percent	other	interest-earning	assets	in	2003	
to	81.0	percent	loans,	17.8	percent	securities	and	1.2	percent	
other	interest-earning	assets	in	2004.

The	majority	of	interest-earning	assets	growth	was	funded	by	
a	$713.2	million,	or	50.3	percent,	increase	in	average	total	
deposits.	Total	average	interest-bearing	liabilities	grew	by	59.6	
percent	to	$1,687.7	million	in	2004	compared	to	$1,057.2	
million	in	2003.	The	average	interest	rate	paid	for	interest-
bearing	liabilities	decreased	by	four	basis	points	from	1.97	
percent	in	2003	to	1.93	percent	in	2004.	As	a	result	of	the	
increases	in	the	yield	on	interest-earning	assets	and	cost	of	
interest-bearing	liabilities,	the	net	interest	spread	increased	to	
3.74	percent	in	2004	compared	to	3.09	percent	in	2003.

increase	in	the	WSJ	Prime	Rate	of	185	basis	points	from	4.34	
percent	in	2004	to	6.19	percent	in	2005.	The	yield	on	average	
interest-earning	assets	increased	from	5.63	percent	in	2004	to	
6.93	percent	in	2005,	an	increase	of	130	basis	points,	reflecting	
a	shift	in	the	mix	of	interest-earning	assets	from	81.0	percent	
loans,	17.8	percent	securities	and	1.2	percent	other	interest-
earning	assets	in	2004	to	83.0	percent	loans,	14.6	percent		
securities	and	2.4	percent	other	interest-earning	assets	in	2005.

The	majority	of	interest-earning	assets	growth	was	funded	by	
a	$502.5	million,	or	23.6	percent,	increase	in	average	total	
deposits.	Total	average	interest-bearing	liabilities	grew	by	21.2	
percent	to	$2,046.2	million	in	2005	compared	to	$1,687.7	
million	in	2004.	The	average	interest	rate	paid	for	interest-
bearing	liabilities	increased	by	111	basis	points	from	1.93	percent	
in	2004	to	3.04	percent	in	2005	due	to	competitive	pricing.	As	a	
result	of	the	increases	in	the	yield	on	interest-earning	assets	and	
cost	of	interest-bearing	liabilities,	the	net	interest	spread	increased	
to	3.89	percent	in	2005	compared	to	3.70	percent	in	2004.

The	2005	net	interest	spread	reflects	the	increase	in	the	average	
balance	of	Federal	funds	sold,	which	are	highly	liquid	but	have	
a	relatively	low	yield,	from	$12.8	million	in	2004	to	$46.8	
million	in	2005.	The	average	yield	on	Federal	funds	sold	was	
3.40	percent	and	1.43	percent	in	2005	and	2004,	respectively.	
In	the	second	half	of	2005,	the	Bank	increased	its	rates	on	
certificates	of	deposit	to	maintain	relationships	with	valued	
customers	and	fund	loan	growth.	In	2005,	loan	production	
increased	32.2	percent	over	2004	levels.	This	trend	was	par-
ticularly	evident	in	the	second	quarter	of	2005	and	continued	
throughout	the	second	half	of	the	year,	during	which	production	
was	37.4	percent	higher	than	2004	levels.	However,	because	of	
the	flat	yield	curve	(long-term	interest	rates	were	unusually	low	
relative	to	short-term	rates,	approaching	an	briefly	falling	below	
short-term	rates)	and	strong	competition,	the	Bank	experienced	
a	high	level	of	loan	payoffs	because	management	was	unwilling	
to	match	the	aggressive	pricing	on	five-	to	seven-year	fixed-rate	
loans	offered	to	our	customers	by	certain	competitors.

24 

The	following	tables	show	the	average	balances	of	assets,	lia-
bilities	and	shareholders’	equity;	the	amount	of	interest	
income	or	interest	expense;	the	average	yield	or	rate	for	each	

category	of	interest-earning	assets	and	interest-bearing	liabil-
ities;	and	the	net	interest	spread	and	the	net	interest	margin	
for	the	periods	indicated.

For the Year Ended December 31,

2005	

Interest	
Income/ 
Expense 

Average  
Balance 

Average 
Yield/ 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

2004	

Interest	
Income/ 
Expense 

Average 
Yield/ 
Rate 

Average  
Balance 

2003

Interest	
Income/ 
Expense 

Average
Yield/ 
Rate

$ 2,32,230  $  9,0 
3,22 

4,66 

.5%	 $ ,933,6  $  6, 
3,05 
0,32 
6.4%	

6.04%	 $  ,6,952  $  64,505 
,42 
6.59%	

33,596 

5.%
6.9%

02,03 
24, 
23,5 
46,99 
–	
24 

4,002 
0,2 
,0 
,59 
–	
5 

3.90%	
4.25%	
4.0%	
3.40%	
–	
2.34%	

90,336 
264,29 
5,04 
2,2 
–	
30 

3,34 
0,26 
6 
3 
–	
6 

3.3%	
3.%	
4.6%	
.43%	
–	
.99%	

0,465 
25,54 
6,003 
2,44 
4,30 
6	

2,395 
,32 
23 
2 
225 
–	

3.40%
3.02%
4.55%
.2%
.5%	
–

	 2,,564 

  99,0 

6.93%	

	 2,3,42 

  34,366 

5.63%	

	 ,53,20 

  ,4 

5.03%

92,245 
(22,9)   
30,2 

3,626 
$ 3,249,90 

6,064 
(2,22)   
22,452 

23,29 
  $ 2,60,0 

52,06
(3,)
45,54

4,394
  $  ,623,24

$  539,6 
3,6 

2,964 
2,30 

2.40%	 $  466,0 
3,59 
.54%	

,09 
,90 

.3%	 $ 
.36%	

20,69 
9,00 

2,54 
,94 

.24%
.95%

959,904 
242,996 
65,42 

3,94 
,4 
,99 

3.33%	
2.93%	
4.9%	

6,555 
253,4 
223,0 

0,966 
5,44 
6,349 

.9%	
2.3%	
2.4%	

36,0 
302,65 
63,3 

,45 
,354 
,549 

.92%
2.43%
2.45%

	 2,046,22 

62, 

3.04%	

	 ,6,6 

32,6 

.93%	

	 ,05,249 

  20,96 

.9%

5,509 
33,64 

5,50 
	 2,3,3 
4,3 

$ 3,249,90 

665,6 
23,4 

69,00 
  2,3,3 
293,33 

422,453
,43

433,596
  ,490,45
32,369

  $ 2,60,0 

  $  ,623,24

	 $  36,996 

  $  0,49 

  $  56,62

3.9%	
4.%	

3.0%	
4.26%	

3.06%
3.6%

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Assets
Interest-earning	assets:
	 Gross	loans,	net	(1)	
	 Municipal	securities	(2)	
	 Obligations	of	other		
	 U.S.	Government	
	 agencies	

	 Other	debt	securities	
	 Equity	securities	
	 Federal	funds	sold	
	 Term	Federal	funds	sold	
Interest-earning	deposits	
	 Total	interest-

	 earning	assets	

Non-interest-earning	assets:
	 Cash	and	cash	equivalents	
	 Allowance	for	loan	losses	
	 Other	assets		

	 Total	non-interest-
	 earning	assets	

Total	assets	

Liabilities and 
  Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing	liabilities:
	 Deposits:

	 Money	market	
	 checking	

	 Savings		
	 Time	deposits	of

	 $100,000	or	more	
	 Other	time	deposits	

	 Other	borrowed	funds	

	 Total	interest-bearing

liabilities	

Non-interest-bearing		
		liabilities:
	 Demand	deposits	
	 Other	liabilities	

	 Total	non-interest-

	 bearing	liabilities	

	 Total	liabilities	
	 Shareholders’	equity	

Total	liabilities	and	

shareholders’	equity	

Net	interest	income	
Net	interest	spread	(3)	
Net	interest	margin	(4)	

  (1) Loans are net of deferred fees and related direct costs. Loan fees have been 

  (3) Represents the average yield earned on interest-earning assets less the average 

included in the calculation of interest income. Loan fees were $5.6 million, 
$6.0 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31,	2005,		
2004 and 2003, respectively.

  (2) Yields on tax-exempt income have been computed on a tax-equivalent 

basis, using a tax rate of 35 percent.

rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

  (4) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning 

assets.

25

	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
	
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Hanmi Financial
Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The	following	table	sets	forth,	for	the	periods	indicated,	the	
dollar	amount	of	changes	in	interest	earned	and	paid	for	inter-
est-earning	assets	and	interest-bearing	liabilities	and	the	amount	
of	change	attributable	to	changes	in	average	daily	balances		

(volume)	or	changes	in	average	daily	interest	rates	(rate).		
The	variances	attributable	to	both	the	volume	and	rate	changes	
have	been	allocated	to	volume	and	rate	changes	in	proportion	
to	the	relationship	of	the	absolute	dollar	amount	of	the	changes	
in	each:

(In Thousands) 

Interest Income:

	 Gross	loans,	net	
	 Municipal	securities	
	 Obligations	of	other	U.S.	
	 Government	agencies	

	 Other	debt	securities	
	 Equity	securities	
	 Federal	funds	sold	
	 Term	Federal	funds	sold	
Interest-earning	deposits	

	 Total	interest	income	

Interest Expense:

	 Money	market	checking	
	 Savings		
	 Time	deposits	of	$00,000	or	more	
	 Other	time	deposits	
	 Other	borrowed	funds	

	 Total	interest	expense	

Change	in	net	interest	income	

$ 

For the Year Ended December 31,

2005 vs. 2004 
Increases (Decreases) 
Due to Change in 

2004 vs. 2003
Increases (Decreases)
Due to Change in 

Volume 

Rate 

Total 

Volume 

Rate 

Total

$ 

30,3 
6 

$ 

3,9 
(54) 

$ 

62,200 
0 

$ 

49,22 
,56 

$ 

3,094 
 

$ 

52,306
,594

4 
(929) 
40 
930 
–	
(2) 
3,349 

,403 
92 
,35 
(24) 
(,966) 
,63 
23,66 

5 
939 
(0) 
46 
–	
 
33,392 

3,463 
24 
2,633 
,94 
3,536 
2,2 
,5 

62 
0 
39 
,406 
–	
() 
64,4 

4,66 
340 
2,0 
,00 
,50 
29,494 
35,24 

25 
(335) 
429 
(26) 
(2) 
6 
5,35 

4,9 
564 
4,060 
(,03) 
4,522 
2,234 
39,4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

254 
2,25 
4 
32 
(3) 
–	
5,54 

,323 
(66) 
(509) 
(3) 
2 
(43) 
5,9 

99
,940
443
(94)
(225)
6
56,949

5,54
(04)
3,55
(,940)
4,00
,2
45,2

$ 

Provision	for	Credit	Losses

Non-Interest	Income

For	the	year	ended	December	31, 2005,	the	provision	for	credit	
losses	was	$5.4	million,	compared	to	$2.9	million	for	the	year	
ended	December	31, 2004,	an	increase	of	85.6	percent.	The	
allowance	for	loan	losses	remained	at	1.00	percent	of	total	
gross	loans	at	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	with	the	increase	
in	the	dollar	amount	allowed	for	credit	losses	due	to	an	
increase	in	loan	volume.	This	was	primarily	due	to	the	overall	
decrease	in	historical	loss	factors	on	pass	grade	loans,	while	
non-performing	assets	increased	from	$6.1	million,	or	0.27	
percent	of	gross	loans,	to	$10.1	million,	or	0.41%	of	gross	
loans,	as	of	December	31, 2004.	The	$235.2	million,	or	10.4	
percent,	increase	in	the	loan	portfolio	and	the	$4.1	million,	or	
68.5	percent,	increase	in	non-performing	assets	required	the	
provision	to	increase	to	$5.4	million	in	2005	from	$2.9		
million	in	2004	to	maintain	the	necessary	allowance	level.	
Since	2001,	we	have	refined	our	credit	management	process	
and	instituted	a	more	comprehensive	risk	rating	system.	For	
the	year	ended	December	31, 2004,	the	provision	for	credit	
losses	was	$2.9	million,	compared	to	$5.7	million	for	the	year	
ended	December	31, 2003,	a	decrease	of	48.8	percent.

The	following	table	sets	forth	the	various	components	of	non-
interest	income	for	the	years	indicated:

(In Thousands) 

2005 

2004	

2003

For the Year Ended December 31,

Service	charges	on	
	 deposit	accounts	
Trade	finance	fees	
Remittance	fees	
Other	service	charges	
	 and	fees	
Bank-owned	life	

insurance	income	
Increase	in	fair	value	
	 of	derivatives	
Other	income	 	
Gain	on	sales	of	loans	
Gain	on	sales	of	securities	
	 available	for	sale	
Total	non-interest	income	

$  5,2 
4,269 
2,22 

$  4,44 
4,044 
,653 

$  0,339
2,
952

2,496 

,46 

,29

45 

3 

499

,05 
2,459 
3,02 

232 
,6 
2,99 

35
40
2,5

 
$  32,26 

34 
$  2,399 

,094
$  20,022

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
We	earn	non-interest	income	from	three	major	sources:	ser-
vice	charges	on	deposit	accounts,	fees	generated	from	inter-
national	trade	finance	and	gain	on	sales	of	loans.	Non-interest	
income	has	become	a	significant	part	of	revenue	in	the	past	
several	years.	For	the	year	ended	December	31, 2005,	non-
interest	income	was	$32.2	million,	an	increase	of	17.6	percent	
from	$27.4	million	for	the	year	ended	December	31, 2004.	
The	increase	was	primarily	a	result	of	the	merger	with	PUB	
and	expansion	in	the	Bank’s	loan	and	deposit	portfolios.	

Service	charges	on	deposit	accounts	increased	$1.3	million,	or	
9.3	percent,	in	2005	compared	to	2004	and	increased	$4.1	
million,	or	39.7	percent,	in	2004	compared	to	2003.	Service	
charge	income	on	deposit	accounts	increased	with	the	higher	
deposit	volume	and	number	of	accounts	as	a	result	of	the	PUB	
merger	and	expansion	in	the	Bank’s	deposit	portfolio.	Average	
demand	deposits	increased	by	12.9	percent	to	$751.5	million	in	
2005	from	$665.8	million	in	2004	and	increased	by	57.6	per-
cent	to	$665.8	million	in	2004	from	$422.5	million	in	2003.	
Service	charges	are	constantly	reviewed	to	maximize	service	
charge	income	while	still	maintaining	a	competitive	position.

Fees	generated	from	international	trade	finance	increased	by	
5.6	percent	from	$4.0	million	in	2004	to	$4.3	million	in	2005	
and	increased	40.1	percent	from	$2.9	million	in	2003	to	$4.0	
million	in	2004.	The	increase	was	primarily	due	to	the	PUB	
merger.	Trade	finance	fees	relate	primarily	to	import	and	
export	letters	of	credit.

Remittance	fees	increased	28.4	percent	and	73.6	percent	in	
2005	and	2004,	respectively,	to	$2.1	million	in	2005	from	$1.7	
million	in	2004	and	$952,000	in	2003.	The	2005	increase	
reflects	increased	volume	derived	from	Hanmi	Bank’s	close	
relationship	with	Korea	Exchange	Bank,	a	stockholder	of	
Hanmi	Financial,	and	the	2004	increase	reflects	increased	vol-
ume	resulting	from	the	merger	with	PUB.

Other	charges	and	fees	increased	$1.0	million,	or	68.0	per-
cent,	in	2005,	from	$1.5	million	in	the	prior	year	to	$2.5	
million,	and	increased	$270,000,	or	22.2	percent,	in	2004,	
from	$1.2	million	in	the	prior	year	to	$1.5	million.	The	
increase	in	2005	was	caused	by	higher	loan	prepayment	fees	as	
prepayment	activity	increased	in	response	to	increasing	inter-
est	rates	and	the	flat	yield	curve	environment.	The	increase	in	
2004	was	caused	primarily	by	increased	activity	associated	
with	the	merger	with	PUB.

The	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	derivatives	are	caused	primarily	
by	movements	in	the	indexes	to	which	interest	rates	on	certain	
certificates	of	deposit	are	tied.	In	2005	and	2004,	the	Bank	
offered	certificates	of	deposit	tied	to	either	of	the	Standard	&	
Poor’s	500	Index	and	a	basket	of	Asian	currencies.	As	explained	
in	“Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements,	Note	15	–	
Derivatives,”	the	Bank	entered	into	swap	transactions	to	hedge	
the	market	risk	associated	with	such	certificates	of	deposit.	The	
swaps	and	the	related	derivatives	embedded	in	the	certificates	
of	deposit	are	accounted	for	at	fair	value.	The	increase	in	the	fair	
value	of	the	swaps	of	$1.1	million	and	$232,000	recorded	in	
non-interest	income	in	2005	and	2004,	respectively,	are		
partially	offset	by	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	the	embedded	
derivatives	recorded	in	non-interest	expenses.

Other	income	increased	$778,000, or	46.3	percent,	to	$2.5	
million	in	2005	from	$1.7	million	in	2004,	compared	to	an	
increase	of	$841,000,	or	100.1	percent,	to	$1.7	million	in	
2004	from	$840,000	in	2003.	The	increase	in	other	income	
over	these	years	is	mainly	due	to	an	increase	in	sales	commissions	
from	mutual	funds	and	insurance	products	and,	in	2004,	an	
increase	in	credit	card	fee	income.	As	a	part	of	our	continuing	
effort	to	expand	non-interest	income,	we	introduced	non-depos-
itory	products,	such	as	life	insurance,	mutual	funds	and	annuities,	
to	customers	in	December	2001.	During	2005,	we	generated	
income	of	$749,000	from	this	activity,	which		represented	a	61.4	
percent	increase	from	$464,000	earned	in	2004.

Gain	on	sales	of	loans	was	$3.0	million	in	2005,	compared	to	$3.0	
million	and	$2.2	million	in	2004	and	2003,	respectively,	repre-
senting	increases	of	0.8	percent	and	38.9	percent	for	the	years	
ended	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	respectively.	The	increase	
in	gain	on	sales	of	loans	resulted	from	increased	sales	activity	
in	SBA	loans,	which	was	primarily	due	to	the	acquisition	of	
PUB.	The	guaranteed	portion	of	a	substantial	percentage	of	
SBA	loans	is	sold	in	the	secondary	markets,	and	servicing	
rights	are	retained.	During	2005,	there	were	$50.6	million	of	
SBA	loans	sold,	compared	to	$51.3	million	in	2004	and	$32.9	
in	2003.	The	lower	premiums	earned	in	2005	reflect	a	greater	
use	of	brokers	to	refer	loan	applications,	which	causes	a	higher	
cost	to	originate	loans,	compared	to	retail	originations	
through	the	branch	network.

Gain	on	sales	of	securities	available	for	sale	decreased	by	87.8	
percent	from	$1.1	million	in	2003	to	$134,000	in	2004.	Gain	
on	sales	of	securities	was	$117,000	in	2005.	In	2003,	we	sold	
$45.1	million	of	securities,	recognizing	premiums	of	2.43	per-
cent	over	their	carrying	value.	In	2004,	we	sold	$53.1	million	
of	securities,	primarily	securities	from	PUB’s	portfolio,	in	
order	to	reposition	the	balance	sheet.	Securities	sales	activity	
was	limited	to	$11.4	million	in	2005,	and	gains	on	sales	of	
securities	were	nominal	in	amount	in	2004	and	2005.

2

Hanmi Financial
Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Non-Interest	Expenses

The	following	table	sets	forth	the	breakdown	of	non-interest	
expenses	for	the	years	indicated:

(In Thousands) 

2005 

2004 

2003

For the Year Ended December 31,

Salaries	and	employee	
	 benefits		
Occupancy	and	equipment	
Data	processing	
Advertising	and	promotion	
Supplies	and	
	 communications	
Professional	fees	
Amortization	of	core	
	 deposit	intangible	
Decrease	in	fair	value	of	
	 embedded	option	
Other	operating	expense	
Merger-related	expenses	
Total	non-interest	expenses	

$  36,39 
,9 
4,44 
2,93 

$  33,540 
,09 
4,540 
3,00 

$  2,24
5,9
3,00
,635

2,556 
2,20 

2,433 
2,06 

,496
,6

2,5 

,2 

2	

4	
, 
(509)	
$  69,33 

–	
,96 
2,053	
$  66,566 

–
5,44
–
$  39,325

For	the	year	ended	December	31, 2005,	non-interest	expenses	
were	$69.1	million,	an	increase	of	$2.6	million,	or	3.9	per-
cent,	from	$66.6	million	for	the	year	ended	December	31, 
2004.	For	the	year	ended	December	31, 2004,	non-interest	
expenses	were	$66.6	million,	an	increase	of	$27.2	million,	or	
69.3	percent,	from	$39.3	million	for	the	year	ended	December	
31, 2003.	The	increases	in	both	years	were	primarily	due	to	
the	PUB	merger,	which	closed	on	April	30, 2004.

Salaries	and	employee	benefits	expenses	for	2005	increased	
$3.3	million,	or	9.8	percent,	to	$36.8	million	from	$33.5	mil-
lion	for	2004	and,	for	2004,	increased	$12.3	million,	or	58.1	
percent,	to	$33.5	million	from	$21.2	million	for	2003.	These	
increases	were	due	primarily	to	increases	in	the	average	num-
ber	of	employees	following	the	acquisition	of	PUB.	Average	
headcount	was	535	and	503	in	2005	and	2004,	respectively,	
representing	increases	of	6.4	percent	and	36.5	percent,	
respectively,	over	the	prior	years.	Assets	per	employee	were	
$6.2	million	at	December	31, 2005,	compared	to	$5.8	million	
at	December	31, 2004,	an	increase	of	6.2	percent,	which	
reflects	the	greater	operating	efficiencies	achieved	following	
the	merger	with	PUB.

Occupancy	and	equipment	expenses	for	2005	increased	
$880,000,	or	10.9	percent,	to	$9.0 million	compared	to	$8.1	
million	for	2004	and,	for	2004,	increased	$2.9	million,	or	55.8	
percent,	to	$8.1	million	compared	to	$5.2	million	for	2003.	
These	increases	were	mainly	due	to	the	acquisition	of	twelve	
former	PUB	branches	in	April	2004,	which	increased	the	
branch	network	to	27	facilities.	Following	the	closure	of	four	

branches	in	October	2004	and	an	additional	branch	closure	in	
January	2005,	the	Bank	now	operates	22	branches,	the	same	
as	the	average	number	of	branches	for	the	year	ended	
December	31, 2004.

Data	processing	expense	for	2005	increased	$304,000,	or	6.7	
percent,	to	$4.8	million	from	$4.5 million	for	2004	as	a	result	
of	a	12.9	percent	increase	in	average	demand	deposits,	a	28.5	
percent	increase	in	average	deposits,	and	a	23.2	percent	
increase	in	average	loans	outstanding.	Data	processing	expense	
for	2004	increased	$1.5	million,	or	47.4	percent,	to	$4.5	mil-
lion	from	$3.1	million	for	2003.	In	2004,	average	demand	
deposits	increased	57.6	percent,	average	deposits	increased	
47.3	percent,	and	average	loans	outstanding	increased	73.1	
percent	compared	to	2003.	In	2004,	additional	expense	was	
incurred	because	of	the	need	to	operate	parallel	systems	until	
the	conversion	of	the	Bank’s	core	data	processing	systems.

Advertising	and	promotion	expense	decreased	from	$3.0	million	
for	2004	to	$2.9	million	for	2005,	a	decrease	of	$88,000,	or	2.9	
percent.	In	2004,	Hanmi	Bank	conducted	print,	radio	and	televi-
sion	campaigns	and	distributed	various	promotional	items	to	pub-
licize	its	merger	with	PUB	and	attract	and	retain	customers,	and	
advertising	and	promotion	expense	increased	$1.4	million,	or	
83.5	percent,	to	$3.0	million	from	$1.6	million	in	2003.

Supplies	and	communication	expenses	increased	$123,000,	or	
5.1	percent,	to	$2.6	million	in	2005	from	$2.4	million	in	
2004.	Supplies	and	communication	expenses	increased	
$937,000,	or	62.6	percent,	to	$2.4	million	in	2004	from	$1.5	
million	in	2003	because	of	the	merger	with	PUB.

Professional	fees	were	$2.2	million	in	2005,	representing	an	
increase	of	$133,000,	or	6.4	percent,	compared	to	$2.1	mil-
lion	in	2004.	The	increase	was	caused	primarily	by	increased	
regulatory	compliance	consulting	fees.	Professional	fees	
were	$2.1	million	in	2004,	representing	an	increase	of	
$901,000,	or	62.6	percent,	compared	to	$1.2	million	for	
2003.	The	increase	was	caused	primarily	by	consulting	fees	
related	to	the	integration	with	PUB	and	data	processing	sys-
tem	conversions.

Core	deposit	premium	amortization	increased	to	$2.8	million	
in	2005	compared	to	$1.9	million	in	2004	and	$121,000	in	
2003.	The	increase	is	attributable	to	the	acquisition	of	PUB.

Other	operating	expenses	were	$7.8	million	for	2005,	com-
pared	to	$9.0	million	for	2004,	representing	a	decrease	of	
$1.2	million,	or	13.2	percent.	The	decreases	are	primarily	
attributable	to	a	$1.2	million	decrease	in	loan	referral	fees	
from	2004	to	2005.	Other	operating	expenses	were	$9.0	mil-
lion	for	2004,	compared	to	$5.4	million	for	2003,	represent-
ing	an	increase	of	$3.5	million,	or	65.5	percent.	The	increases	
are	primarily	attributable	to	additional	operating	expenses	
associated	with	the	acquisition	of	PUB.

2 

 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
During	the	year	ended	December	31, 2004,	restructuring	
charges	totaling	$2.1	million	were	recorded	in	connection	
with	the	acquisition	of	PUB,	consisting	of	employee	severance	
and	retention	bonuses,	leasehold	termination	costs,	and	fixed	
asset	impairment	charges	associated	with	planned	branch	clo-
sures.	In	2004,	$975,000	of	restructuring	costs	was	recognized	
related	to	retention	bonuses	paid	to	former	PUB	employees.	
Such	costs	are	treated	as	period	costs	and	are	recognized	in	
the	period	services	are	rendered.	In	2005,	$509,000	of	
restructuring	charges	was	reversed,	as	severance	payments	
were	lower	than	anticipated.

Income	Taxes

For	the	year	ended	December	31, 2005,	income	taxes	of	$36.5	
million	were	recognized	on	pre-tax	income	of	$94.7	million,	
representing	an	effective	tax	rate	of	38.5	percent,	compared	
to	income	taxes	of	$23.0	million	recognized	on	pre-tax	
income	of	$59.7	million,	representing	an	effective	tax	rate	of	
38.5	percent,	for	2004,	and	income	taxes	of	$12.4	million	
recognized	on	pre-tax	income	of	$31.6	million,	representing	
an	effective	tax	rate	of	39.3	percent,	for	2003.

We	have	made	investments	in	various	tax	credit	funds	totaling	
$6.9	million	as	of	December	31, 2005	and	recognized	
$673,000	of	income	tax	credits	earned	from	qualified	low-
income	housing	investments	in	2005.	We	recognized	an	
income	tax	credit	of	$723,000	for	the	tax	year	2004	from	$5.3	
million	in	such	investments.	We	intend	to	continue	to	make	
such	investments	as	part	of	an	effort	to	lower	the	effective	tax	
rate	and	to	meet	our	community	reinvestment	obligations	
under	the	CRA.

As	indicated	in	“Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements,	
Note	10	–	Income	Taxes,”	income	taxes	are	the	sum	of	two	
components:	current	tax	expense	and	deferred	tax	expense	
(benefit).	Current	tax	expense	is	the	result	of	applying	the	
current	tax	rate	to	taxable	income.	The	deferred	portion	is	
intended	to	account	for	the	fact	that	income	on	which	taxes	
are	paid	differs	from	financial	statement	pretax	income	
because	certain	items	of	income	and	expense	are	recognized	
in	different	years	for	income	tax	purposes	than	in	the	financial	
statements.	These	differences	in	the	years	that	income	and	
expenses	are	recognized	cause	“temporary	differences.”

Most	of	our	temporary	differences	involve	recognizing	more	
expenses	in	our	financial	statements	than	we	have	been	
allowed	to	deduct	for	taxes,	and	therefore	we	normally	have	
a	net	deferred	tax	asset.	At	December	31, 2005,	we	had	net	
deferred	tax	assets	of	$9.7	million.

Financial Condition
Loan	Portfolio

Total	gross	loans	increased	by	$235.2	million,	or	10.4	percent,	
in	2005.	Total	gross	loans	represented	73.2	percent	of	total	
assets	at	December	31, 2005	compared	with	72.9	percent	and	
70.8	percent	at	December	31, 2004	and	2003,	respectively.

Commercial	and	industrial	loans	were	$1,431.5	million	and	
$1,218.3	million	at	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	respectively,	
representing	57.3	percent	and	53.8	percent,	respectively,	of	
the	total	loan	portfolio.	Commercial	loans	include	term	loans	
and	revolving	lines	of	credit.	Term	loans	typically	have	a	matu-
rity	of	three	to	five	years	and	are	extended	to	finance	the	
purchase	of	business	entities,	owner-occupied	commercial	
property,	business	equipment,	leasehold	improvements	or	for	
permanent	working	capital.	SBA	guaranteed	loans	usually	have	
a	longer	maturity	(5	to	20	years).	Lines	of	credit,	in	general,	
are	extended	on	an	annual	basis	to	businesses	that	need	tem-
porary	working	capital	and/or	import/export	financing.	
These	borrowers	are	well	diversified	as	to	industry,	location	
and	their	current	and	target	markets.	We	manage	the	portfolio	
to	avoid	concentration	in	any	of	the	areas	mentioned.

Real	estate	loans	were	$974.2	million	and	$956.8	million	at	
December	31, 2005	and	2004,	respectively,	representing	39.0	
percent	and	42.3	percent,	respectively,	of	the	total	loan	port-
folio.	Real	estate	loans	are	extended	to	finance	the	purchase	
and/or	improvement	of	commercial	real	estate	and	residential	
property.	The	properties	generally	are	investor-owned,	but	
may	be	for	user-owned	purposes.	Underwriting	guidelines	
include,	among	other	things,	review	of	appraised	value,	limita-
tions	on	loan-to-value	ratios,	and	minimum	cash	flow	require-
ments	to	service	debt.	The	majority	of	the	properties	taken	as	
collateral	are	located	in	Southern	California.

Overall,	loan	production	increased	32.2	percent	in	2005	com-
pared	to	2004,	as	the	Bank’s	customer	base	continued	to	
expand	and	collateral	values	continued	to	increase,	although	
at	a	slower	pace	than	in	past	years.	However,	loan	portfolio	
growth	was	restricted	by	a	high	level	of	loan	payoffs	caused	by	
the	flat	yield	curve	that	obtained	throughout	much	of	2005	
and	aggressive	pricing	of	five-	to	seven-year	fixed-rate	com-
mercial	real	estate	loans	by	certain	competitors,	which	eroded	
the	Bank’s	portfolio	of	commercial	real	estate	loans	tied	to	the	
prime	rate.

The	shift	in	the	mix	of	the	loan	portfolio	in	2005	reflects	man-
agement’s	intent	to	emphasize	commercial	and	industrial	
lending,	while	continuing	to	grow	the	commercial	real	estate	
portfolio	at	a	prudent	pace	commensurate	with	the	Bank’s	
rigorous	underwriting	standards	and	asset/liability	manage-
ment	and	profitability	objectives.

29

Hanmi Financial
Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The	following	table	sets	forth	the	amount	of	total	loans		
outstanding	in	each	category	as	of	the	dates	indicated:

(In Thousands) 

Real Estate Loans:

	 Commercial	property	
	 Construction	
	 Residential	property	()	

	 Total	real	estate	loans	

Commercial and Industrial Loans:
	 Commercial	term	loans	
	 Commercial	lines	of	credit		
	 SBA	loans	(2)	

International	loans	

	 Total	commercial	and	
industrial	loans	

Consumer Loans 	

	 Total	gross	loans	

2005 

2004	

2003	

2002	

2001

Amount Outstanding as of December 31,

$ 

$ 

33,650 
52,00 
,442 
94,2 

945,20 
224,2 
55,49 
06,520 

$ 

3,539 
92,52 
0,6 
956,46 

54,0 
20,940 
66,25 
95,936 

$ 

39,53 
43,04 
5,4 
499,3 

433,39 
20,56 
9, 
65,040 

,43,492 
92,54 
2,49, 

$ 

,2,269 
,526 
2,262,64 

,0 
54, 
,265,266 

$ 

$ 

$ 

24,465 
39,23 
4,9 
3,593 

346,522 
,304 
66,443 
42,64 

52,90 
44,46 
9,99 

$ 

$ 

9,529
33,6
49,333
2,40

20,05
9,304
60,053
34,506

42,920
3,645
93,045

(1) As of December 31,	2005, loans held for sale totaling $1.1 million were 

(2) As of December 31,	2004, loans held for sale totaling $3.9 million were 

included at the lower of cost or market.

included at the lower of cost or market.

The	following	table	sets	forth	the	percentage	distribution	of	
loans	in	each	category	as	of	the	dates	indicated:

Percentage Distribution of Loans as of December 31, 

2005 

2004	

2003	

2002	

2001

	 29.3%	
6.09%	
3.54%	
	 39.00%	

	 3.4%	
8.98%	
6.23%	
4.26%	

	 5.3%	
3.69%	
	 00.00%	

	 34.63%	
4.09%	
3.5%	
	 42.29%	

	 33.33%	
8.92%	
7.35%	
4.24%	

	 53.4%	
3.%	
	 00.00%	

	 3.44%	
3.40%	
4.63%	
	 39.4%	

	 2.%	
3.9%	
4.4%	
	 3.5%	

	 34.25%	
9.55%	
.25%	
5.4%	

	 56.9%	
4.34%	
	 00.00%	

	 35.04%	
	 11.86%	
6.2%	
4.3%	

	 5.93%	
4.49%	
	 00.00%	

	 25.03%
4.24%
6.22%
	 35.49%

	 35.31%
	 12.40%
.5%
4.35%

	 59.63%
4.%
	 00.00%

Real Estate Loans:

	 Commercial	property	
	 Construction	
	 Residential	property	

	 Total	real	estate	loans	

Commercial and Industrial Loans:
	 Commercial	term	loans	
	 Commercial	lines	of	credit		
	 SBA	loans		

International	loans	

	 Total	commercial	and	
industrial	loans	

Consumer Loans 	

	 Total	gross	loans	

The	following	table	shows	the	distribution	of	undisbursed	loan	
commitments	as	of	the	dates	indicated:

(In Thousands) 

December 31,

2005 

2004

Commitments	to	extend	credit	
Commercial	letters	of	credit	
Standby	letters	of	credit	
Unused	credit	card	lines	
Total	undisbursed	loan	commitments	

$ 555,36 
5,036 
42,6 
4,92 
$  6,432 

$  36,0
  49,699
4,90
  4,324
$ 49,632

30 

	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
	
The	table	below	shows	the	maturity	distribution	and	repricing	
intervals	of	outstanding	loans	as	of	December	31, 2005.	In	
addition,	the	table	shows	the	distribution	of	such	loans	

between	those	with	variable	or	floating	interest	rates	and	those	
with	fixed	or	predetermined	interest	rates.	The	table	includes	
non-accrual	loans	of	$10.1	million.

(In Thousands) 

Real Estate Loans:

	 Commercial	property	
	 Construction	
	 Residential	property	

	 Total	real	estate	loans	

Commercial and Industrial Loans:
	 Commercial	term	loans	
	 Commercial	lines	of	credit		
	 SBA	loans		

International	loans	

	 Total	commercial	and	industrial	loans	

Consumer Loans 	

	 Total	gross	loans	

Loans	with	predetermined	interest	rates	
Loans	with	variable	interest	rates	

Within 
One  Year 

After One
But  Within 
Five  Years 

After 
Five  Years 

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

59,64 
52,00 
36,5 
,52 

25,209 
224,2	
55,49	
06,520	
,3,49 
3,29 
2,2,294 

5,25 
2,02,09 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

6,05 
– 
2,95 
69,900 

34,64 
–	
–	
–	
34,64 
53,94 
5,605 

5,605 
– 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

6,29 
– 
49,462 
25,60 

5,23 
–	
–	
–	
5,23 
922 
2,99 

200,49 
,00 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

33,650
52,00
,442
94,2

945,20
224,2
55,49
06,520
,43,492
92,54
2,49,

44,669
2,023,49

As	of	December	31, 2005,	there	were	$258.3	million	of	loans	
outstanding,	or	10.34	percent	of	total	gross	loans	outstanding,	
to	borrowers	who	were	involved	in	the	accommodation/
hospitality	industry.	There	was	no	other	concentration	of	loans	
to	any	one	type	of	industry	exceeding	10	percent	of	total	
gross	loans.

Non-Performing	Assets

Non-performing	assets	consist	of	loans	on	non-accrual	status,	loans	
90	days	or	more	past	due	and	still	accruing	interest,	loans	restruc-
tured	where	the	terms	of	repayment	have	been	renegotiated	
resulting	in	a	reduction	or	deferral	of	interest	or	principal,		
and	other	real	estate	owned	(“OREO”).	Loans	are	generally	placed	
on	non-accrual	status	when	they	become	90	days	past	due	unless	
management	believes	the	loan	is	adequately	collateralized	and	in	
the	process	of	collection.	Loans	may	be	restructured	by	manage-
ment	when	a	borrower	has	experienced	some	change	in	financial	
status,	causing	an	inability	to	meet	the	original	repayment	terms,	
and	where	we	believe	the	borrower	eventually	will	overcome	
those	circumstances	and	repay	the	loan	in	full.	OREO	consists		
of	properties	acquired	by	foreclosure	or	similar	means	that		
management	intends	to	offer	for	sale.

Management’s	classification	of	a	loan	as	non-accrual	is	an	indica-
tion	that	there	is	reasonable	doubt	as	to	the	full	collectibility	of	
principal	or	interest	on	the	loan;	at	this	point,	we	stop	recognizing	
income	from	the	interest	on	the	loan	and	reverse	any	uncollected	

interest	that	had	been	accrued	but	unpaid.	These	loans	may	or	
may	not	be	collateralized,	but	collection	efforts	are	continu-
ously	pursued.

Non-performing	loans,	which	made	up	all	non-performing	
assets,	were	$10.1	million	at	December	31, 2005,	compared	
to	$6.0	million	and	$8.7	million	at	December	31, 2004	and	
2003,	respectively,	representing	a	68.5	percent	increase	in	
2005	and	a	30.6	percent	decrease	in	2004.	Total	gross	loans	
increased	by	10.5	percent	in	2005	over	2004	and	78.8	percent	
in	2004	over	2003.	As	a	result,	the	ratio	of	non-performing	
assets	to	total	gross	loans	increased	to	0.41	percent	at	
December	31, 2005	from	0.27	percent	at	December	31, 2004,	
and	decreased	to	0.27	percent	at	December	31, 2004	from	
0.68	percent	at	December	31, 2003.	As	of	December	31, 2005	
and	2004,	we	had	no	OREO.

Except	for	non-performing	loans	set	forth	below	and	loans	
disclosed	as	impaired,	our	management	is	not	aware	of	any	
loans	as	of	December	31, 2005	for	which	known	credit	prob-
lems	of	the	borrower	would	cause	serious	doubts	as	to	the	
ability	of	such	borrowers	to	comply	with	their	present	loan	
repayment	terms,	or	any	known	events	that	would	result	in	
the	loan	being	designated	as	non-performing	at	some	future	
date.	Our	management	cannot,	however,	predict	the	extent	to	
which	a	deterioration	in	general	economic	conditions,	real	
estate	values,	increases	in	general	rates	of	interest,	or	changes	
in	the	financial	condition	or	business	of	borrower	may	
adversely	affect	a	borrower’s	ability	to	pay.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
Hanmi Financial
Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The	following	table	provides	information	with	respect	to	the	
components	of	non-performing	assets	as	of	December	31	for	
the	years	indicated:

(Dollars in Thousands)	

Non-Accrual Loans:

	 Real	estate	loans:

	 Commercial	property	
	 Residential	property	
	 Commercial	and	industrial	loans	
	 Consumer	loans	

	 Total	non-accrual	loans	

Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still 
  Accruing (As to Principal or Interest):

	 Real	estate	loans:

	 Commercial	property	
	 Residential	property	
	 Commercial	and	industrial	loans	
	 Consumer	loans	

	 Total	loans	90	days	or	more	past	due	and		

still	accruing	(as	to	principal	or	interest)	

	 Total	non-performing	loans	

Other	real	estate	owned	
Total	non-performing	assets	

Troubled	debt	restructurings	

Non-performing	loans	as	a	percentage	of	total	gross	loans	
Non-performing	assets	as	a	percentage	of	total	assets	

Allowance	for	Loan	Losses	and	Allowance	for		
Off-Balance	Sheet	Items

Provisions	to	the	allowance	for	loan	losses	are	made	quarterly	
to	recognize	probable	loan	losses.	The	quarterly	provision	is	
based	on	the	allowance	need,	which	is	calculated	using	a	for-
mula	designed	to	provide	adequate	allowances	for	anticipated	
losses.	The	formula	is	composed	of	various	components.	The	

2005	

2004	

2003	

2002	

2001

$ 

– 
44 
9,54 
4 
0,22 

$ 

– 
2 
5,50 
4 
5,06 

$ 

52 
,26 
6,39 
53 
,04 

$ 

– 
2 
5,522 
49 
5,5 

$ 

,3
30
2,25
94
4,22

–	
–	
–	
9 

9 
0,3 
–	
$  0,3 

$ 

642 

0.4%	
0.30%	

$ 

$ 

–	
–	
69	
39	

20 
6,04 
–	
6,04 

,22 

0.2%	
0.9%	

55 
–	
–	
–	

55 
,66 
–	
,66 

49 

0.6%	
0.4%	

$ 

$ 

356 
26 
–	
–	

6 
6,45 
–	
6,45 

–	

0.65%	
0.44%	

$ 

$	

602

–
–

9
5,00
–
5,00

–

0.63%
0.43%

$ 

$	

allowance	is	determined	by	assigning	specific	allowances	for	
all	classified	loans.	All	loans	that	are	not	classified	are	then	
given	certain	allocations	according	to	type	with	larger	per-
centages	applied	to	loans	deemed	to	be	of	a	higher	risk.	These	
percentages	are	determined	based	on	the	prior	loss	history	by	
type	of	loan,	adjusted	for	current	economic	factors.

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Allowance for Loan 
Losses Applicable To 

Real Estate Loans:
	 Commercial	property	
	 Construction	
	 Residential	property	()	
	 Total	real	estate	loans	

Commercial	and	
industrial	loans	

Consumer	loans	
Unallocated	 	
	 Total		

(1) Loans held for sale excluded.

2005 

2004	

December 31,

2003	

2002	

2001

Allowance  
Amount 

Total 
Loans 

Allowance  
Amount 

Total 
Loans 

Allowance  
Amount 

Total 
Loans 

Allowance  
Amount 

Total 
Loans 

Allowance   Total
Loans
Amount 

$  2,043  $  33,650 
52,00 
,3 
93,0 

45   
9   
	 2,53   

$  ,54  $  3,539  $ 

349   
55   
  2,35   

92,52 
0,6 
956,46 

34  $  39,53  $  33  $ 24,465  $ ,0  $ 9,336
63    33,6
42   
25    49,526
9   
  ,529    2,40
992   

26    39,23 
49    4,9 
53    3,593 

43,04 
5,4 
499,3 

	 2,035    ,43,492 
92,54 
	 ,39   
–	
–	 	
$ 24,963  $ 2,496,53 

  9,05    ,24,49 
,526 
  ,293   
–	
–	 	

  ,02    45,93
65,55 
3    3,645
54, 
69	 	
–
–	
$ 22,02  $ 2,25,9  $ 3,349  $ ,239,2  $ ,254  $ 96,39  $ 9,40  $ ,09

  9,3    560,30 
652    44,46 
6	 	
–	

  ,36   
46   
35	 	

32 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
of	the	allowance	allocation	process,	applying	specific	monitor-
ing	policies	and	procedures	in	analyzing	the	existing	loan	
portfolios.	Further	allowance	assignments	are	made	based	on	
general	and	specific	economic	conditions,	as	well	as	perfor-
mance	trends	within	specific	portfolio	segments	and	individual	
concentrations	of	credit.

	The	allowance	for	loan	losses	was	$25.0	million	at	December	
31, 2005,	compared	to	$22.7	million	at	December	31, 2004.	
The	increase	in	the	allowance	for	loan	losses	in	2005	was	due	
primarily	to	increased	specific	reserves	for	impaired	loans	and	
an	increase	in	the	qualitative	adjustments	due	to	changes	in	
the	qualitative	factors.	The	ratio	of	the	allowance	for	loan	
losses	to	total	gross	loans	was	1.00	percent	at	December	31, 
2005	and	2004,	primarily	due	to	the	overall	decrease	of	his-
torical	loss	factors	on	pass	grade	loans.	The	loan	loss	estima-
tion,	based	on	historical	losses,	and	specific	allocations	of	the	
allowance	are	performed	on	a	quarterly	basis.	The	allowance	
for	off-balance	sheet	items	was	$2.1	million	at	December	31, 
2005,	compared	to	$1.8 million	at	December	31, 2004.

The	loan	loss	estimation,	based	on	historical	losses,	and	spe-
cific	allocations	of	the	allowance	are	performed	on	a	quarterly	
basis.	Adjustments	to	allowance	allocations	for	specific	seg-
ments	of	the	loan	portfolio	may	be	made	as	a	result	thereof,	
based	on	the	accuracy	of	forecasted	loss	amounts	and	other	
loan-	or	policy-related	issues.

The	allowance	is	based	on	estimates,	and	ultimate	future	losses	
may	vary	from	current	estimates.	Underlying	trends	in	the	
economic	cycle,	particularly	in	Southern	California,	which	
management	cannot	completely	predict,	will	influence	credit	
quality.	It	is	always	possible	that	future	economic	or	other	
factors	may	adversely	affect	Hanmi	Bank’s	borrowers.	As	a	
result,	we	may	sustain	loan	losses	in	any	particular	period	that	
are	sizable	in	relation	to	the	allowance,	or	exceed	the	allowance.	
In	addition,	our	asset	quality	may	deteriorate	through	a	number	
of	possible	factors,	including:

•	 rapid	growth;

•	 failure	to	maintain	or	enforce	appropriate	underwriting	

standards;

•	 failure	to	maintain	an	adequate	number	of	qualified	loan	

personnel;	and

•	 failure	to	identify	and	monitor	potential	problem	loans.

The	allowance	for	loan	losses	and	allowance	for	off-balance	
sheet	items	are	maintained	at	levels	that	are	believed	to	be	
adequate	by	management	to	absorb	estimated	probable	loan	
losses	inherent	in	the	loan	portfolio.	The	adequacy	of	the	
allowance	and	the	reserve	is	determined	through	periodic	
evaluations	of	the	loan	portfolio	and	other	pertinent	factors,	
which	are	inherently	subjective	as	the	process	calls	for	various	
significant	estimates	and	assumptions.	Among	others,	the	esti-
mates	involve	the	amounts	and	timing	of	expected	future	cash	
flows	and	fair	value	of	collateral	on	impaired	loans,	estimated	
losses	on	loans	based	on	historical	loss	experience,	various	
qualitative	factors,	and	uncertainties	in	estimating	losses	and	
inherent	risks	in	the	various	credit	portfolios,	which	may	be	
subject	to	substantial	change.

On	a	quarterly	basis,	we	utilize	a	classification	migration	
model	and	individual	loan	review	analysis	tools	as	starting	
points	for	determining	the	allowance	for	loan	loss	and	reserve	
for	credit	loss	adequacy.	Our	loss	migration	analysis	tracks	
twelve	quarters	of	loan	losses	to	determine	historical	loss	
experience	in	every	classification	category	(i.e.,	pass,	special	
mention,	substandard	and	doubtful)	for	each	loan	type,	except	
consumer	loans	(auto,	mortgage	and	credit	cards),	which	are	
analyzed	as	homogeneous	loan	pools.	These	calculated	loss	fac-
tors	are	then	applied	to	outstanding	loan	balances,	unused	
commitments	and	off-balance	sheet	exposures,	such	as	letters	
of	credit.	The	individual	loan	review	analysis	is	the	other	part	

33

Hanmi Financial
Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

We	determine	the	appropriate	overall	allowance	for	loan	
losses	and	allowance	for	off-balance	sheet	items	based	on	the	
analysis	described	above,	taking	into	account	management’s	
judgment.	The	allowance	methodology	is	reviewed	on	a	peri-

odic	basis	and	modified	as	appropriate.	Based	on	this	analysis,	
including	the	aforementioned	factors,	we	believe	that	the	
allowance	for	loan	losses	and	allowance	for	off-balance	sheet	
items	are	adequate	as	of	December	31, 2005.

(Dollars in Thousands) 

2005 

2004	

2003	

2002	

2001

As of and for the Year Ended December 31,

$ 

22,02 

$ 

3,349 

$ 

,254 

$ 

9,40 

$ 

,26

–	

0,566	

–	

–	

–

Allowance for Loan Losses:

	 Balance	at	beginning	of	year	
	 Allowance	for	loan	losses	–	

	 PUB	acquisition	
	 Actual	charge-offs:

	 Real	estate	loans:

	 Commercial	property	
	 Commercial	and	industrial	loans	
	 Consumer	loans	

	 Total	charge-offs	

	 Recoveries	on	loans	

	 previously	charged	off:
	 Real	estate	loans:

	 Commercial	property	
	 Residential	property	
	 Commercial	and	industrial	loans	
	 Consumer	loans	

	 Total	recoveries	
	 Net	loan	charge-offs	

	 Provision	charged	to	operating	expenses	
	 Balance	at	end	of	year	

Allowance for Off-Balance Sheet Items:
	 Balance	at	beginning	of	year	
	 Provision	charged	to	operating	expenses	
	 Balance	at	end	of	year	

$ 

$ 

$ 

Ratios:

	 Net	loan	charge-offs	to	average		

total	gross	loans	

	 Net	loan	charge-offs	to	total	gross	

loans	at	end	of	period	

	 Allowance	for	loan	losses	to	average		

total	gross	loans	

	 Allowance	for	loan	losses	to	total	gross		

loans	at	end	of	period	

	 Net	loan	charge-offs	to	allowance	

for	loan	losses	

	 Net	loan	charge-offs	to	provision	
	 charged	to	operating	expenses	

	 Allowance	for	loan	losses	to
	 non-performing	loans	

Balances:

	 Average	total	gross	loans	outstanding	

	 during	period	

	 Total	gross	loans	outstanding	at	

	 end	of	period	

	 Non-performing	loans	at	end	of	period	

–	
4,3 
2 
5,9 

–	
–	
2,93 
20 
2,394 
2,04 
5,065 
24,963 

,00 
330 
2,30 

0.2%	

0.%	

.05%	

.00%	

$ 

$ 

$ 

–	
5,004 
4 
5,45 

–	
–	
,02 
 
,0 
3,05 
2,492 
22,02 

,35 
45 
,00 

0.9%	

0.6%	

.%	

.00%	

$ 

$ 

$ 

.23%	

6.32%	

55.36%	

4.6%	

9	
3,6 
53 
4,423 

2	
6	
59 
322 
,20 
3,25 
5,30 
3,349 

,05 
30 
,35 

0.29%	

0.25%	

.9%	

.06%	

24.0%	

60.55%	

$ 

$ 

$ 

–	
3,23 
35 
3,5 

–	
–	
 
05 
96 
2,595 
4,44 
,254 

656 
359	
,05 

0.29%	

0.26%	

.26%	

.4%	

$ 

$ 

$ 

–
3,2
324
4,06

23
–
30
24
94
3,32
,444
9,40

00
(44)
656

0.46%

0.42%

.32%

.9%

23.06%	

35.20%

5.43%	

229.36%

246.40%	

3.55%	

54.3%	

3.%	

.2%

$ 

$ 
$ 

2,32,230 

2,49, 
0,3 

$ 

$ 
$ 

,933,6 

2,262,64 
6,04 

$ 

$ 
$ 

,6,952 

,265,266 
,66 

$ 

$ 
$ 

93,22 

9,99 
6,45 

$ 

$ 
$ 

3,33

93,045
5,00

34 

	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
We	concentrate	the	majority	of	our	earning	assets	in	loans.	In	
all	forms	of	lending,	there	are	inherent	risks.	We	concentrate	
the	preponderance	of	our	loan	portfolio	in	either	commercial	
loans	or	real	estate	loans.	A	small	part	of	the	portfolio	is	rep-
resented	by	installment	loans	primarily	for	the	purchase	of	
automobiles.

While	we	believe	that	our	underwriting	criteria	are	prudent,	
outside	factors	can	adversely	impact	credit	quality.

A	portion	of	the	portfolio	is	represented	by	loans	guaranteed	
by	the	SBA,	which	further	reduces	the	potential	for	loss.	We	
also	utilize	credit	review	in	an	effort	to	maintain	loan	quality.	
Loans	are	reviewed	throughout	the	year	with	special	attention	
given	to	new	loans	and	those	that	are	classified	special	men-
tion	and	worse.	In	addition	to	our	internal	grading	system,	
loans	criticized	by	this	credit	review	are	downgraded	with	
appropriate	allowance	added	if	required.

As	indicated	above,	we	formally	assess	the	adequacy	of	the	
allowance	on	a	quarterly	basis	by:

•	 reviewing	the	adversely	graded,	delinquent	or	otherwise	

questionable	loans;

•	 generating	an	estimate	of	the	loss	potential	in	each	such	

loan;

•	 adding	a	risk	factor	for	industry,	economic	or	other	

external	factors;	and

•	 evaluating	the	present	status	of	each	loan.

Although	management	believes	the	allowance	is	adequate	to	
absorb	probable	losses,	no	assurance	can	be	given	that	we	will	
not	sustain	losses	in	any	given	period,	which	could	be	substan-
tial	in	relation	to	the	size	of	the	allowance.

Investment	Portfolio

As	of	December	31, 2005,	the	investment	portfolio	was	com-
posed	 primarily	 of	 mortgage-backed	 securities,	 U.S.	
Government	agency	securities	(“Agencies”),	collateralized	
mortgage	obligations,	municipal	bonds	and	corporate	bonds.

Investment	securities	available	for	sale	were	99.8	percent	and	
99.7	percent	of	the	total	investment	portfolio	as	of	December	
31, 2005	and	2004,	respectively.	Most	of	the	securities	held	by	
us	carried	fixed	interest	rates.	Other	than	holdings	of	
Agencies,	there	were	no	investments	in	securities	of	any	one	
issuer	exceeding	10	percent	of	shareholders’	equity	as	of	
December	31, 2005, 2004	or	2003.

We	maintain	an	investment	portfolio	primarily	for	liquidity	
purposes.	As	of	December	31, 2005,	the	investment	portfolio	
balance	was	$446.7	million,	or	13.1	percent	of	total	assets,	
compared	to	$415.8	million,	or	13.4	percent	of	total	assets	as	
of	December	31, 2004.	During	2005,	we	purchased	$132.7	
million	of	securities,	primarily	mortgage-backed	and	Agencies,	
to	replenish	the	portfolio	for	principal	repayments	in	the	form	
of	calls,	prepayments	and	scheduled	amortization	and	to	main-
tain	an	asset	mix	consistent	with	our	strategic	direction.

The	following	table	summarizes	the	amortized	cost,	fair	value	
and	distribution	of	investment	securities	as	of	the	dates	
indicated:

Investment Portfolio as of December 31,

2005 

2004	

2003

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair
Value

(In Thousands) 

Held to Maturity:

	 Municipal	bonds	
	 Mortgage-backed	securities	
	 Total	held	to	maturity	

$ 

$ 

692 
35 
,049 

$ 

$ 

692 
359 
,05 

$ 

$ 

69 
399 
,090 

$ 

$ 

69 
402 
,093 

$ 

$ 

690 
63 
,32 

$ 

$ 

69
645
,334

Available for Sale:

	 Mortgage-backed	securities	
	 U.S.	Government	agency	securities	
	 Collateralized	mortgage	obligations	
	 Municipal	bonds	
	 Corporate	bonds	
	 Other	securities	

	 Total	available	for	sale	

$  49,3 
29,59 
3,06 
,536 
,235 
4,999 
$  446,3 

$  4,26 
2,3 
,456 
3,220 
,053 
5,053 
$  442,63 

$  4,06 
9,345 
93,2 
, 
,30 
4,43 
$  45, 

$  49,4 
9,6 
92,539 
3,66 
,444 
4,433 
$  4,3 

$  ,39 
0,45 
25,49 
60,4 
3,64 
5,055 
$  42,92 

$  ,44
,426
24,096
6,403
3,903
4,96
$  43,2

35

	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
Hanmi Financial
Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The	following	table	summarizes	the	maturity	and/or	repricing	
schedule	for	investment	securities	and	their	weighted-average	
yield	as	of	December	31, 2005:

Within One Year  

After One But  
Within Five  Years 

After Five But
Within Ten  Years 

After Ten  Years

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Amount 

Yield 

Amount 

Yield 

Amount 

Yield 

Amount 

Yield

Mortgage-backed	securities	(1)	
U.S.	Government	agency	

securities	 	

Collateralized	mortgage	
	 obligations	()		
Municipal	bonds	(2)	
Corporate	bonds	
Other	securities	

$  55,50 

3.94%	

$  45,23 

4.56%	

$  4,224 

4.3%	

$  5,656 

5.5%

	 4,2 

3.20%	

	 2,93 

4.32%	

–	

–	

–	

–

	 5,95 
20 
–	
5,053 
$  9,62 

3.0%	
.2%	
–	
6.5%	
3.93%	

	 5,95 
,40 
,053 
–	
$ 225,525 

4.25%	
4.94%	
4.36%	
–	
4.36%	

,646 
,09 
–	
–	
$  56,959 

4.64%	
6.9%	
–	
–	
4.93%	

–	
  64,45 
–	
–	
$  69,0 

–
6.30%
–
–
6.2%

(1) Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations have 

(2) The yield on municipal bonds has been computed on a tax-equivalent basis, using 

contractual maturities through 2035. The above table is based on the expected 
prepayment schedule.

an effective marginal rate of 35 percent.

Deposits

Total	deposits	at	December	31, 2005, 2004	and	2003	were	
$2,826.1	million,	$2,528.8	million	and	$1,445.8	million,	
respectively,	representing	an	increase	of	$297.3	million,	or	11.8	
percent,	in	2005	and	$1,083.0	million,	or	74.9	percent,	in	2004.	
At	December	31, 2005, 2004	and	2003,	total	time	deposits		
outstanding	were	$1,439.8	million,	$1,031.7	million	and	$667.8	
million,	respectively,	representing	50.9	percent,	40.8	percent	and	
46.2	percent,	respectively,	of	total	deposits.	This	growth	reflects	
the	shift	away	from	low-yielding	accounts	that	normally	occurs	as	
interest	rates	rise	and	depositors	take	advantage	of	the	greater	
interest	rate	differentials	available	in	the	market.

Demand	deposits	and	money	market	accounts	decreased	by	
$78.5	million,	or	5.8	percent,	in	2005	and	increased	by	$662.1	
million,	or	97.2	percent,	in	2004.	Core	deposits	(defined	as	
demand,	money	market	and	savings	deposits)	decreased	
$110.7	million,	or	7.4	percent,	to	$1,386.4	million	as	of	

December	31, 2005	from	$1,497.1	million	as	of	December	31, 
2004,	as	depositors	shifted	funds	into	higher	yielding	certifi-
cates	of	deposit.	At	December	3, 2005,	non-interest-bearing	
demand	deposits	represented	26.	percent	of	total	deposits	
compared	to	2.9	percent	at	December	31, 2004.

Average	deposits	for	the	years	ended	December	31, 2005,	
2004	and	2003	were	$2,632.3	million,	$2,129.7	million	and	
$1,416.6	million,	respectively.	Average	deposits	grew	by	23.6	
percent	in	2005	and	50.3	percent	in	2004.

We	accept	brokered	deposits	on	a	selective	basis	at	prudent	
interest	rates	to	augment	deposit	growth.	There	were	$7.4	
million	and	$40.0	million	of	brokered	deposits	as	of	December	
31, 2005	and	2004,	respectively.	We	also	had	$200.0	million	of	
state	time	deposits	over	$100,000	with	a	weighted-average	
interest	rate	of	3.87	percent	and	2.08	percent	as	of	December	
31, 2005	and	2004,	respectively.

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
The	table	below	summarizes	the	distribution	of	average	deposits	
and	the	average	rates	paid	for	the	periods	indicated:

2005 

2004	

2003

For the Year Ended December 31,

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Demand,	non-interest-bearing	
Money	market	checking	
Savings		
Time	deposits	of	$00,000	or	more	
Other	time	deposits	
	 Total	deposits	

Average 
Balance 

$  5,509 
539,6 
3,6 
959,904 
242,996 
$  2,632,254 

Average 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

2.40%	
.54%	
3.33%	
2.93%	

$  665,6 
466,0 
3,59 
6,555 
253,4 
$ 2,29,24 

Average 
Rate 

.3%	
.36%	
.9%	
2.3%	

Average 
Balance 

$  422,453
20,69 
9,00 
36,0 
302,65 
$ ,46,564

Average
Rate

.24%
.95%
.92%
2.43%

	The	table	below	summarizes	the	maturity	of	time	deposits	in	
denominations	of	$100,000	or	greater	at	December	31	of	the	
years	indicated:

December 31,

(Dollars in Thousands) 

2005 

2004	

2003

Three	months	or	less	
Over	three	months	

through	six	months	
Over	six	months	through	

twelve	months	
Over	twelve	months	

$  5,25 

$ 3,205 

$ 26,24

	 24,33 

  232,23 

  5,034

	 32,4 
4,64 
$ ,6,950 

  3,5 
  4,369 
$ 56,50 

  52,5
  ,2
$ 3,944

Borrowings

Our	borrowings	mostly	take	the	form	of	advances	from	the	
Federal	Home	Loan	Bank	of	San	Francisco	(“FHLB”),	over-
night	Federal	funds,	and	junior	subordinated	debt	associated	
with	trust	preferred	securities.

At	December	31, 2005,	advances	from	the	FHLB	were	$43.5	
million,	a	decrease	of	$22.8	million,	or	34.4	percent,	from	the	
December	31, 2004	balance	of	$66.4	million.	In	2005,	we	used	
liquidity	available	from	the	growth	of	the	portfolio	of	certifi-
cates	of	deposit	to	pay	down	borrowings	to	the	extent	it	was	
cost-effective	to	do	so.

During	the	first	half	of	2004,	we	issued	two	junior	subordi-
nated	notes	bearing	interest	at	three-month	London	InterBank	
Offered	Rate	(“LIBOR”)	plus	2.90	percent	totaling	$61.8	million	
and	one	junior	subordinated	note	bearing	interest	at	three-month	
LIBOR	plus	2.63	percent	totaling	$20.6	million.	Our	out-
standing	subordinated	debentures	related	to	these	offerings,	
the	proceeds	of	which	were	used	to	finance	the	purchase	of	PUB,	
totaled	$82.4	million	at	December	31, 2005.

Interest	Rate	Risk	Management

Interest	rate	risk	indicates	our	exposure	to	market	interest	rate	
fluctuations.	The	movement	of	interest	rates	directly	and	
inversely	affects	the	economic	value	of	fixed-income	assets,	
which	is	the	present	value	of	future	cash	flow	discounted	by	the	
current	interest	rate;	under	the	same	conditions,	the	higher	the	
current	interest	rate,	the	higher	the	denominator	of	discounting.	
Interest	rate	risk	management	is	intended	to	decrease	or	
increase	the	level	of	our	exposure	to	market	interest	rates.	The	
level	of	interest	rate	risk	can	be	managed	through	such	means	
as	the	changing	of	gap	positions	and	the	volume	of	fixed-income	
assets.	For	successful	management	of	interest	rate	risk,	we	use	
various	methods	to	measure	existing	and	future	interest	rate	
risk	exposures.	In	addition	to	regular	reports	used	in	business	
operations,	repricing	gap	analysis,	stress	testing	and	simulation	
modeling	are	the	main	measurement	techniques	used	to	quantify	
interest	rate	risk	exposure.

3

	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Hanmi Financial
Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The	following	table	shows	the	most	recent	status	of	our	gap	
position.

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Assets
Cash		
Federal	funds	sold	
Securities	purchased	under	
	 agreements	to	resell	
FRB	and	FHLB	stock	

Securities:

	 Fixed	rate		
	 Floating	rate	

Loans:

	 Fixed	rate		
	 Floating	rate	
	 Non-accrual	
	 Deferred	loan	fees	and	allowance	

35,5 
	 ,952,655 
–	

Less Than 
Three Months 

After 
Three 
But  Within 
One  Year 

After One
Year But 
Within 
Five  Years 

After 
Five  Years 

Non-
Interest-
Sensitive 

Total

$	

–	
40,000	

20,000	
–	

,23 
6,	

$	

$	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

29,339 
–	

4,69 
3,02 
–	

225,52 
36,26 

5,69 
04,	
–	

$	

–	
–	

$  03,4 
–	

$  03,4
40,000

–	
24,5	

26,62	
,03	

63,96	
–	
–	

–	
–	

–	
–	

20,000
24,5

392,60
5,052

–	
–	
0,22 

46,62
	 2,00,56
0,22

for	loan	losses	

Other	assets		

	 Total	assets	

–	
–	
$ 2,066,36 

–	
22,3	
$  06,249 

–	
–	
$  542,35 

–	
6,944 
$  330,352 

(2,224)	
23,539 
$  36,94 

(2,224)
33,96
$ 3,44,252

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Liabilities

	 Deposits:

	 Demand	deposits	
	 Savings		
	 Money	market	checking	
	 Time	deposits:
	 Fixed	rate	
	 Floating	rate	
	 Other	borrowed	funds	

Junior	subordinated	debentures	

	 Other	liabilities	
Shareholders’	equity	

	 Total	liabilities	and	

$ 

2,459 
6,43 
0,20 

$  92,446 
39,93 
4,24 

$  40,09 
5,453 
223,55 

$ 

66,66 
,25	
5,42	

$	

–	
–	
–	

$  3,6
2,54
526,

00,402 
4,955	
2,03 
82,406	
–	
–	

52,925 
–	
5,000 
–	
–	
–	

,332 
–	
33,4 
–	
–	
–	

3	
–	
5,	
–	
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
32,624 
426, 

	 ,290,96
4,955
46,33
2,406
32,624
426,

shareholders’	equity	

$  ,093, 

$  94,55 

$  3,44 

$  3,06 

$  459,40 

$ 3,44,252

Repricing	gap	
Cumulative	repricing	gap	
Cumulative	repricing	gap	as	a	
	 percentage	of	total	assets	
Cumulative	repricing	gap	as	a	
	 percentage	of	interest-earning	assets	

$  92,60 
$  92,60 

$	 (,309)	
94,299 
$ 

$	 (96,09)	
$	 (101,798)	

$  92,25 
90,4 
$ 

$	
$	

(90,4)
–

2.49%	

2.6%	

(2.9%)	

2.65%	

32.25%	

3.3%	

(3.3%)	

3.00%	

–

–

The	repricing	gap	analysis	measures	the	static	timing	of	repricing	
risk	of	assets	and	liabilities,	i.e.,	a	point-in-time	analysis	measur-
ing	the	difference	between	assets	maturing	or	repricing	in		
a	period	and	liabilities	maturing	or	repricing	within	the	same	
time	period.	Assets	are	assigned	to	maturity	and	repricing		
categories	based	on	their	expected	repayment	or	repricing	
dates,	and	liabilities	are	assigned	based	on	their	repricing	or	

maturity	dates.	Core	deposits	that	have	no	maturity	dates	
(demand	deposits,	savings	and	money	market	checking)	are	
assigned	to	categories	based	on	expected	decay	rates.

On	December	31, 2005,	the	cumulative	repricing	gap	as	a	
percentage	of	interest-earning	assets	in	the	less-than-three	
month	period	was	32.25	percent.	This	was	a	large	decrease	
from	the	previous	year’s	figure	of	46.00	percent.	The	decrease	

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
was	primarily	caused	by	a	shift	in	the	mix	of	the	loan	portfolio	
into	fixed-rate	loans,	funded	primarily	by	certificates	of	
deposit,	as	the	mix	of	the	deposits	portfolio	shifted	away	from	
core	deposits	and	the	balance	of	loans	linked	to	the	prime	rate	
decreased	$48.6	million.	The	cumulative	repricing	percentage	
in	the	three-to-twelve	month	period	also	moved	significantly	
lower,	reaching	3.13	percent.	In	terms	of	fixed	and	floating	
gap	positions,	which	are	used	internally	to	control	repricing	
risk,	the	accumulated	fixed	gap	position	between	assets	and	
liabilities	as	a	percentage	of	interest-earning	assets	was	(10.30)	
percent.	The	floating	gap	position	in	the	less-than-one	year	
period	was	7.00	percent.

The	following	table	summarizes	the	status	of	the	gap	position	
as	of	the	dates	indicated.

Less Than Three Months 
December 31, 

Less Than Twelve Months
December 31,

(Dollars in Thousands) 

2005 

2004 

2005 

2004

Cumulative	

repricing	gap	

$ 92,60  $ ,24,50  $  94,299  $ 45,6

Percentage	of	
total	assets	
Percentage	of	
interest-	
	 earning	assets	

	 2.49%	

4.06%	

	 2.6%	

  4.53%

	 32.25%	

46.00%	

	 3.3%	

	 6.29%

The	spread	between	interest	income	on	interest-earning	assets	
and	interest	expense	on	interest-bearing	liabilities	is	the	prin-
cipal	component	of	net	interest	income,	and	interest	rate	
changes	substantially	affect	our	financial	performance.	We	
emphasize	capital	protection	through	stable	earnings	rather	
than	maximizing	yield.	In	order	to	achieve	stable	earnings,	we	
prudently	manage	our	assets	and	liabilities	and	closely	moni-
tor	the	percentage	changes	in	net	interest	income	and	equity	
value	in	relation	to	limits	established	within	our	guidelines.

To	supplement	traditional	gap	analysis,	we	perform	simulation	
modeling	to	estimate	the	potential	effects	of	interest	rate	
changes.	The	following	table	summarizes	one	of	the	stress	
simulations	performed	to	forecast	the	impact	of	changing	
interest	rates	on	net	interest	income	and	the	market	value	of	
interest-earning	assets	and	interest-bearing	liabilities	reflected		

on	our	balance	sheet.	This	sensitivity	analysis	is	compared	to	
policy	limits,	which	specify	the	maximum	tolerance	level	for	
net	interest	income	exposure	over	a	one-year	horizon,	given	
the	basis	point	adjustment	in	interest	rates	reflected	below.

Rate Shock Table

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Percentage Changes 

Change in Amount

Change in 
Interest Rate 

	 200%	
	 00%	
	(00%)	
	(200%)	

Net 
Interest 
Income 

4.%	
.3%	
(.42%)	
(4.9%)	

Economic 
Value of 
Equity 

Net 
Interest 
Income 

Economic
Value of
Equity

(.%)	 $  22,6  $	 (3,522)
(4.66%)	 $  ,3	 $	 (20,43)
5.4%	 $	 (,394)	 $  22,565
0.54%	 $	 (22,96)	 $  46,234

In	the	above	stress	simulation,	for	a	00	basis	point	decline	in	
interest	rates,	we	may	be	exposed	to	a	7.42	percent	decline	in	
net	interest	income	and	a	5.14	percent	increase	in	the	eco-
nomic	value	of	equity.	For	a	100	basis	point	increase	in	interest	
rates,	net	interest	income	may	increase	by	7.37	percent,	but	the	
economic	value	of	equity	may	decrease	by	4.66	percent.	For	a	
200	basis	point	increase	in	interest	rates,	net	interest	income	
may	increase	by	14.78	percent,	but	the	economic	value	of	
equity	may	decrease	by	8.78	percent.	For	a	200	basis	point	
decrease	in	interest	rates,	net	interest	income	may	decrease	by	
14.91	percent,	but	the	economic	value	of	equity	may	increase	
by	10.54	percent.	All	projected	changes	remained	well	within	
internal	policy	guidelines	at	December	31, 2005.

The	estimated	sensitivity	does	not	necessarily	represent	our	
forecast	and	the	results	may	not	be	indicative	of	actual	change	
to	our	net	interest	income.	These	estimates	are	based	upon	a	
number	of	assumptions	including:	the	nature	and	timing	of	
interest	rate	levels	including	yield	curve	shape,	prepayments	on	
loans	and	securities,	pricing	strategies	on	loans	and	deposits,	
and	replacement	of	asset	and	liability	cash	flows.	While	the	
assumptions	used	are	based	on	current	economic	and	local	market	
conditions,	there	is	no	assurance	as	to	the	predictive	nature		
of	these	conditions,	including	how	customer	preferences	or	
competitor	influences	might	change.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
Hanmi Financial
Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Liquidity	and	Capital	Resources

Liquidity	of	the	Bank	is	defined	as	the	ability	to	supply	cash	as	
quickly	as	needed	without	causing	a	severe	deterioration	in	
profitability.	The	Bank’s	major	liquidity	on	the	asset	side	stems	
from	available	cash	positions,	Federal	funds	sold	and	short-
term	investments	categorized	as	available	for	sale	securities,	
which	can	be	disposed	of	without	significant	capital	losses	in	
the	ordinary	business	cycle.	Liquidity	sources	on	the	liability	
side	come	from	borrowing	capacities,	which	include	Federal	
funds	lines,	repurchase	agreements,	and	Federal	Home	Loan	
Bank	advances.	Thus,	maintenance	of	high	quality	loans	and	
securities	that	can	be	used	for	collateral	in	repurchase	agree-
ments	or	other	secured	borrowings	is	another	important	fea-
ture	of	liquidity	management.	Liquidity	risk	may	occur	when	
the	Bank	has	few	short-duration	securities	available	for	sale	
and/or	is	not	capable	of	raising	funds	as	quickly	as	necessary	
at	acceptable	rates	in	the	capital	or	money	markets.	In	addi-
tion,	a	heavy	and	sudden	increase	in	cash	demands	for	loans	
and/or	deposits	can	tighten	the	liquidity	position.	Several	
ratios	are	reviewed	on	a	daily,	monthly	and	quarterly	basis	to	
manage	the	liquidity	position	and	to	preempt	any	liquidity	
crisis.	Six	specific	statistics,	which	include	the	loans-to-assets	
ratio,	off-balance	sheet	items	and	dependence	on	non-core	
deposits,	foreign	deposits,	lines	of	credit	and	liquid	assets,	are	
reviewed	regularly	for	liquidity	management	purposes.	In	
2005,	the	mix	of	the	deposits	portfolio	shifted	towards	time	
deposits,	and	strong	growth	in	certificates	of	deposit	offset	a	
decline	in	core	deposits.

December 31,

2005 

2004	

2003

3%	

35%	

42%	

%	
2%	
9%	

5%	

4%	

33%	

23%	
2%	
20%	

6%

40%

45%

20%
0%
30%

Liquidity Ratios:

	 Short-term	investments/

total	assets	
	 Core	deposits/
total	assets	
	 Short-term	non-core	
funding/total	assets	

	 Short-term	investments/
short-term	non-core	
funding	dependence	
	 Net	loans/total	assets	
Investments/deposits	
	 Loans	and	investments/

	 deposits	

	 Off-balance	sheet	items/

total	assets	

The	net	loans	to	total	assets	ratio	remained	at	72	percent	as	of	
December	31, 2005.	Despite	fluctuations	during	the	year,	net	
loans	grew	at	approximately	the	same	rate	as	assets.	During	
the	year,	the	ratio	of	net	loans	to	total	assets	generally	was	in	
the	range	of	71	percent	to	74	percent.	The	investments	to	
deposits	ratio	decreased	to	19	percent	as	of	December	31, 
2005,	while	the	ratio	of	loans	and	investments	to	deposits	
decreased	to	106	percent.	Off-balance	sheet	items	as	a	per-
centage	of	total	assets	increased	at	December	31, 2005	to	18	
percent	from	15	percent	at	December	31, 2004,	and	the	total	
amount	increased	to	$671.4	million	at	December	31, 2005	
from	$479.6	million	at	December	31, 2004.	The	increase	was	
primarily	due	to	a	$188.0	million	increase	in	unused	loan	
commitments.	During	the	year,	the	percentage	of	off-balance	
sheet	items	to	total	assets	generally	ranged	from	15	percent	to	
	percent.	The	ratios	of	short-term	non-core	funding	to	total	
assets	and	short-term	investments	to	short-term	non-core	
funding	dependence	were	42	percent	and	18	percent,	respec-
tively,	at	December	31, 2005,	compared	to	33	percent	and	23	
percent,	respectively,	at	December	31, 2004.

Foreign	deposit	risk	deals	with	dependency	on	foreign	deposits	
that	could	adversely	affect	the	Bank’s	liquidity.	These	liabilities	
are	assumed	to	be	volatile	in	accordance	with	the	variability		
of	social,	political	and	environmental	conditions	in	foreign	
countries.	On	a	quarterly	basis,	the	Bank	monitors	foreign	
deposits	and	Brazilian	deposits	separately,	and	exposures	to	both	
categories	remained	well	within	the	Bank’s	internal	guidelines.

There	were	increases	to	the	lines	of	credit	secured	by	us	to	
meet	our	liquidity	needs.	As	of	December	31, 2005,	we	main-
tained	a	total	of	$154.0	million	in	credit	lines.	In	addition,	we	
maintained	eight	master	repurchase	agreements,	all	of	which	
can	furnish	liquidity	to	us	in	consideration	of	bond	collateral.	
We	also	can	meet	our	liquidity	needs	through	borrowings	
from	the	FHLB.	We	are	eligible	to	borrow	up	of	25	percent	of	
our	total	assets	from	the	FHLB.

As	of	December	31, 2005,	there	were	no	material	commit-
ments	for	capital	expenditures.	We	raise	capital	in	the	form	of	
deposits,	borrowings	(primarily	FHLB	advances	and	junior	
subordinated	debentures)	and	equity,	and	expect	to	continue	
to	rely	upon	deposits	as	the	primary	source	of	capital.

06%	

09%	

6%

Off-Balance	Sheet	Arrangements

%	

5%	

%

For	 a	 discussion	 of	 off-balance	 sheet	 arrangements,		
see	“Item	1.	Business	–	Small	Business	Administration	
Guaranteed	Loans”	and	“Item	1.	Business	–	Off-Balance	Sheet	
Commitments”	in	the	Company’s	Annual	Report	on	Form		
10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	31, 2005.

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Contractual	Obligations

Our	contractual	obligations	as	of	December	31, 2005	are	as	
follows:

Contractual Obligations (In Thousands) 

Time	deposits	 	
Long-term	debt	obligations	
Operating	lease	obligations	

	 Total	contractual	obligations	

Less Than 
One  Year 
,422,9 
5,000 
2,50 
,430,55 

$ 

$ 

More Than 
One  Year and 
Less  Than 
Three  Years 

More Than
Three  Years
and Less Than  
Five  Years 

More Than
Five  Years 

$ 

$ 

,06 
20,000 
4,36 
32,443 

$ 

$ 

9,405 
3,4 
2,45 
25,23 

$ 

$ 

23 
,522 
5,44 
93,243 

Total
$  ,440,690
25,933
4,45
,5,46

$ 

Recently	Issued	Accounting	Standards

In	December	2004,	the	Financial	Accounting	Standards	Board	
(“FASB”)	issued	a	revision	to	SFAS	No.	123R	(Revised),		
“Share-Based Payment”	(“SFAS	No.	123R”).	This	Statement	addresses	
the	accounting	for	share-based	payment	transactions	in	which	a	
company	receives	employee	services	in	exchange	for	either	equity	
instruments	of	the	company	or	liabilities	that	are	based	on	the	fair	
value	of	the	company’s	equity	instruments	or	that	may	be	settled	
by	the	issuance	of	such	equity	instruments.	SFAS	No.	123R		
eliminates	the	ability	to	account	for	share-based	compensation	
transactions	using	the	intrinsic	method	that	is	currently	used	and	
requires	that	such	transactions	be	accounted	for	using	a	fair	value-
based	method	and	recognized	as	expense	in	the	Consolidated	
Statement	of	Income.	This	Statement	replaces	SFAS	No.	123,	
“Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,”	and	supersedes	
Accounting	Principles	Board	(“APB”)	Opinion	No.	25,	“Accounting 
for Stock Issued to Employees.”	In	addition,	this	Statement	amends	
SFAS	No.	95,	“Statement of Cash Flows,”	to	require	that	excess	tax	
benefits	be	reported	as	a	financing	cash	inflow	rather	than	as	a	
reduction	of	taxes	paid.	This	Statement	is	effective	for	Hanmi	
Financial	as	of	January	1, 2006.	We	have	elected	to	use	the		
modified	prospective	method	to	adopt	SFAS	No.	123R.

As	a	result	of	the	adoption	of	SFAS	No.	123R,	we	estimate	that	
we	will	recognize	additional	compensation	expense	of	approxi-
mately	$894,000,	net	of	taxes,	or	$.02	per	diluted	share,	for	the	
full	year	2006.	Estimated	future	levels	of	compensation	expense	
recognized	related	to	stock	based	awards	would	be	impacted	by	
new	awards,	modifications	to	awards,	or	cancellation	of	awards	
after	the	adoption	of	SFAS	No.	123R.

In	February	2006,	the	FASB	issued	SFAS	No.	155,	“Accounting 
for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments, an amendment of FASB 
Statements No. 133 and SFAS No. 140”	(“SFAS	No.	155”).	This	
Statement:

•	 permits	fair	value	remeasurement	for	any	hybrid	financial	
instrument	that	contains	an	embedded	derivative	that	oth-
erwise	would	require	bifurcation;

•	 clarifies	which	interest-only	strips	and	principal-only	

strips	are	not	subject	to	SFAS	No.	133;

•	 establishes	a	requirement	to	evaluate	interests	in	securi-
tized	financial	assets	to	identify	interests	that	are	free-
standing	derivatives	or	hybrid	financial	instruments	that	
contain	an	embedded	derivative	requiring	bifurcation;

•	 clarifies	that	concentrations	of	credit	risks	in	the	form	of	

subordinations	are	not	embedded	derivatives;	and

•	 amends	SFAS	No.	140	to	eliminate	the	prohibition	on	a	

QSPE	from	holding	a	derivative	financial	instrument	that	
pertains	to	a	beneficial	interest	other	than	another	deriva-
tive	financial	instrument.

SFAS	No.	155	is	effective	for	all	financial	instruments	acquired	
or	issued	after	the	beginning	of	an	entity’s	first	fiscal	year	that	
begins	after	September	15, 2006.	Early	adoption	of	this	state-
ment	is	allowed.	We	have	not	determined	the	financial	impact	
of	the	adoption	of	SFAS	No.	155	or	whether	we	will	adopt	
SFAS	No.	155	in	2006.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
	
Hanmi Financial
Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

In	May	2005,	the	FASB	issued	SFAS	No.	154,	“Accounting 
Changes  and  Error  Corrections.”	 SFAS	 No.	 154	 replaces	
Accounting	Principles	Board	(“APB”)	Opinion	No.	20,	
“Accounting Changes,”	and	FASB	Statement	No.	3,	“Reporting 
Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements (an Amendment 
of APB Opinion No. 28).”	SFAS	No.	154	provides	guidance	on	
the	accounting	for	and	reporting	of	accounting	changes	and	
error	corrections.	It	establishes	retrospective	application	as	
the	required	method	for	reporting	a	change	in	accounting	
principle.	SFAS	No.	154	provides	guidance	for	determining	
whether	retrospective	application	of	a	change	in	accounting	
principle	is	impracticable	and	for	reporting	a	change	when	
retrospective	application	is	impracticable.	The	reporting	of	a	
correction	of	an	error	by	restating	previously	issued	financial	
statements	is	also	addressed	by	SFAS	No.	154.	SFAS	No.	154	
is	effective	for	accounting	changes	and	corrections	of	errors	
made	in	fiscal	years	beginning	after	December	31, 2005.	We	
will	adopt	this	pronouncement	beginning	in	fiscal	year	2006.	
SFAS	No.	154	is	not	expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on	
our	financial	position	or	results	of	operations.

In	March	2004,	the	FASB	issued	Emerging	Issues	Task	Force	
(“EITF”)	Issue	No.	03-1,	“The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary 
Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments”	(“EITF	No.	
03-1”).	This	EITF	describes	a	model	involving	three	steps:	
(1)	determine	whether	an	investment	is	impaired;	(2)	deter-
mine	whether	the	impairment	is	other-than-temporary;	and	
(3)	recognize	any	impairment	loss	in	earnings.	The	EITF	also	
requires	several	additional	disclosures	for	cost-method	invest-
ments.	In	September	2004,	the	FASB	approved	the	deferral	of	
the	effective	date	for	EITF	No.	03-1	pending	reconsideration	
of	implementation	guidance	relating	to	debt	securities	that	are	
impaired	solely	due	to	market	interest	rate	fluctuation.	

On	November	3, 2005,	FASB	Staff	Position	(“FSP”)	FAS	Nos.	
115-1	and	124-1,	“The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment 
and Its Application to Certain Investments,”	was	issued.	This	FSP		
nullifies	certain	requirements	of	EITF	No.	03-1	and	supersedes	
EITF	Topic	No.	D-44,	“Recognition of Other-Than-Temporary 
Impairment upon the Planned Sale of a Security Whose Cost Exceeds Fair 
Value.”		This	FSP	nullified	the	requirements	of	paragraphs	10	to	18	
of	EITF	No.	03-1,	carried	forward	the	requirements	of	para-
graphs		and	9	of	EITF	No.	03-1	with	respect	to	cost-method	
investments,	and	carried	forward	the	disclosure	requirements	

included	in	paragraphs	21	and	22	of	EITF	No.	03-1	and	related	
examples.	The	guidance	in	this	FSP	is	applicable	to	reporting	
periods	beginning	after	December	15, 2005.	Adoption	is	not	
expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on	our	financial	position,	
results	of	operations	or	related	disclosures.

In	December	2003,	the	American	Institute	of	Certified	Public	
Accountants	(“AICPA”)	released	Statement	of	Position	03-3,	
“Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a 
Transfer”	(“SOP	03-3”).	SOP	03-3	addresses	accounting	for	dif-
ferences	between	contractual	cash	flows	and	cash	flows	
expected	to	be	collected	from	an	investor’s	initial	investment	
in	loans	or	debt	securities	acquired	in	a	transfer	if	those		
differences	are	attributable	to	credit	quality.	SOP	03-3	is	effec-
tive	for	loans	acquired	in	fiscal	years	beginning	after	December	
15, 2004.	Adoption	in	2005	did	not	have	a	material	impact	on	
our	financial	position	or	results	of	operations.

In	December	2004,	the	FASB	issued	SFAS	No.	153,	“Exchange 
of Non-Monetary Assets, an Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, 
‘Accounting for Non-Monetary Transactions’”	(“SFAS	No.	153”).	
SFAS	No.	153	is	based	on	the	principle	that	exchange	of	non-
monetary	assets	should	be	measured	based	on	the	fair	market	
value	of	the	assets	exchanged.	SFAS	No.	153	eliminates	the	
exception	for	non-monetary	exchanges	of	similar	productive	
assets	and	replaces	it	with	a	general	exception	for	exchanges	
of	non-monetary	assets	that	do	not	have	commercial	sub-
stance.	SFAS	No.	153	is	effective	for	non-monetary	asset	
exchanges	in	fiscal	periods	beginning	after	June	15,	2005.	We	
are	currently	assessing	the	provisions	of	SFAS	No.	153	and	its	
impact	on	our	financial	position	and	results	of	operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures  
About Market Risk

For	quantitative	and	qualitative	disclosures	regarding	market	
risks	in	Hanmi	Bank’s	portfolio,	see	“Management’s	Discussion	
and	Analysis	of	Financial	Condition	and	Results	of	Operations	
–	Interest	Rate	Risk	Management”	and	“–	Liquidity	and	Capital	
Resources.”

42 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management	of	Hanmi	Financial	Corporation	(“Hanmi	
Financial”)	is	responsible	for	establishing	and	maintaining	
adequate	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	pursuant	to	
the	rules	and	regulations	of	the	Securities	and	Exchange	
Commission.	Hanmi	Financial’s	internal	control	over	financial	
reporting	is	a	process	designed	to	provide	reasonable	assur-
ance	regarding	the	reliability	of	financial	reporting	and	the	
preparation	of	consolidated	financial	statements	for	external	
purposes	in	accordance	with	U.S.	generally	accepted	account-
ing	principles.	Internal	control	over	financial	reporting	
includes	those	written	policies	and	procedures	that:

•	 pertain	to	the	maintenance	of	records	that	in	reasonable	

detail	accurately	and	fairly	reflect	the	transactions	and	dis-
positions	of	the	assets	of	the	company;

•	 provide	reasonable	assurance	that	transactions	are	

recorded	as	necessary	to	permit	preparation	of	financial	
statements	in	accordance	with	generally	accepted	
accounting	principles;

•	 provide	reasonable	assurance	that	receipts	and	expendi-
tures	of	the	company	are	being	made	only	in	accordance	
with	authorizations	of	management	and	directors	of	the	
company;	and

•	 provide	reasonable	assurance	regarding	prevention	or	
timely	detection	of	unauthorized	acquisition,	use	or		
disposition	of	the	company’s	assets	that	could	have	a		
material	effect	on	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	

Because	of	its	inherent	limitations,	internal	control	over	finan-
cial	reporting	may	not	prevent	or	detect	misstatements.	Also,	
projections	of	any	evaluation	of	effectiveness	to	future	periods	
are	subject	to	the	risk	that	controls	may	become	inadequate	
because	of	changes	in	conditions,	or	that	the	degree	of	com-
pliance	with	the	policies	or	procedures	may	deteriorate.	

Management	assessed	the	effectiveness	of	Hanmi	Financial’s	inter-
nal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	December	31,	2005.	
Management	based	this	assessment	on	criteria	for	effective	internal	
control	 over	 financial	 reporting	 described	 in	 Internal  
Control-Integrated Framework	issued	by	the	Committee	of	Sponsoring	
Organizations	of	the	Treadway	Commission.	Management’s		
assessment	included	an	evaluation	of	the	design	of	Hanmi	
Financial’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	and	testing	of	
the	operational	effectiveness	of	its	internal	control	over	financial	
reporting.	Management	reviewed	the	results	of	its	assessment	with	
the	Audit	Committee	of	our	Board	of	Directors.	

Based	on	this	assessment,	management	determined	that,	as	of	
December	31, 2005,	Hanmi	Financial	maintained	effective	
internal	control	over	financial	reporting.

KPMG	LLP,	the	independent	registered	public	accounting	
firm	that	audited	and	reported	on	the	consolidated	financial	
statements	of	Hanmi	Financial,	has	issued	a	report	on	manage-
ment’s	assessment	of	Hanmi	Financial’s	internal	control	over	
financial	reporting	as	of	December	31, 2005.	The	report	
expresses	unqualified	opinions	on	management’s	assessment	
and	on	the	effectiveness	of	Hanmi	Financial’s	internal	control	
over	financial	reporting	as	of	December	31, 2005.

43

Hanmi Financial
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Hanmi Financial Corporation:

We	have	audited	management’s	assessment,	included	in	the	
accompanying	Management’s	Report	on	Internal	Control	
Over	Financial	Reporting	included	in	Item	9A,	that	Hanmi	
Financial	Corporation	and	subsidiary	(the	Company)	main-
tained	effective	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	
December	31, 2005,	based	on	criteria	established	in	Internal 
Control-Integrated Framework	issued	by	the	Committee	of	
Sponsoring	Organizations	of	the	Treadway	Commission	
(COSO).	The	Company’s	management	is	responsible	for	
maintaining	effective	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	
and	for	its	assessment	of	the	effectiveness	of	internal	control	
over	financial	reporting.	Our	responsibility	is	to	express	an	
opinion	on	management’s	assessment	and	an	opinion	on	the	
effectiveness	of	The	Company’s	internal	control	over	financial	
reporting	based	on	our	audit.

We	conducted	our	audit	in	accordance	with	the	standards	of	the	
Public	Company	Accounting	Oversight	Board	(United	States).	
Those	standards	require	that	we	plan	and	perform	the	audit	to	
obtain	reasonable	assurance	about	whether	effective	internal		
control	over	financial	reporting	was	maintained	in	all	material	
respects.	Our	audit	included	obtaining	an	understanding	of		
internal	control	over	financial	reporting,	evaluating	management’s	
assessment,	testing	and	evaluating	the	design	and	operating		
effectiveness	of	internal	control,	and	performing	such	other	pro-
cedures	as	we	considered	necessary	in	the	circumstances.	We	
believe	that	our	audit	provides	a	reasonable	basis	for	our	opinion.

A	company’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	is	a		
process	designed	to	provide	reasonable	assurance	regarding	the	
reliability	of	financial	reporting	and	the	preparation	of	financial	
statements	for	external	purposes	in	accordance	with	generally	
accepted	accounting	principles.	A	company’s	internal	control	over	
financial	reporting	includes	those	policies	and	procedures	that	(1)	
pertain	to	the	maintenance	of	records	that,	in	reasonable	detail,	
accurately	and	fairly	reflect	the	transactions	and	dispositions	of	

the	assets	of	the	company;	(2)	provide	reasonable	assurance	that	
transactions	are	recorded	as	necessary	to	permit	preparation	of	
financial	statements	in	accordance	with	generally	accepted	
accounting	principles,	and	that	receipts	and	expenditures	of	the	
company	are	being	made	only	in	accordance	with	authorizations	
of	management	and	directors	of	the	company;	and	(3)	provide	
reasonable	assurance	regarding	prevention	or	timely	detection	of	
unauthorized	acquisition,	use,	or	disposition	of	the	company’s	
assets	that	could	have	a	material	effect	on	the	financial	statements.

Because	of	its	inherent	limitations,	internal	control	over	financial	
reporting	may	not	prevent	or	detect	misstatements.	Also,	projec-
tions	of	any	evaluation	of	effectiveness	to	future	periods	are	subject	
to	the	risk	that	controls	may	become	inadequate	because	of	
changes	in	conditions,	or	that	the	degree	of	compliance	with	the	
policies	or	procedures	may	deteriorate.

In	our	opinion,	management’s	assessment	that	the	Company	
maintained	effective	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	
as	of	December	31, 2005,	is	fairly	stated,	in	all	material	
respects,	based	on	criteria	established	in	Internal Control-
Integrated Framework	issued	by	the	Committee	of	Sponsoring	
Organizations	of	the	Treadway	Commission	(COSO).	Also,	in	
our	opinion,	the	Company	maintained,	in	all	material	respects,	
effective	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	
December	31, 2005,	based	on	criteria	established	in	Internal 
Control-Integrated Framework	issued	by	the	Committee	of	
Sponsoring	Organizations	of	the	Treadway	Commission	
(COSO).

We	also	have	audited,	in	accordance	with	the	standards	of	the	
Public	Company	Accounting	Oversight	Board	(United	States),	
the	consolidated	statements	of	financial	condition	of	Hanmi	
Financial	Corporation	and	subsidiary	as	of	December	31, 2005	
and	2004,	and	the	related	consolidated	statements	of	income,	
changes	in	shareholders’	equity	and	comprehensive	income,	
and	cash	flows	for	each	of	the	years	in	the	three-year	period	
ended	December	31, 2005,	and	our	report	dated	March	15,	
2006	expressed	an	unqualified	opinion	on	those	consolidated	
financial	statements.

Los Angeles, California 
March 15,	2006

44 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Hanmi Financial Corporation:

We	have	audited	the	accompanying	consolidated	statements	
of	financial	condition	of	Hanmi	Financial	Corporation	and	
subsidiary	as	of	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	and	the	related	
consolidated	statements	of	income,	changes	in	shareholders’	
equity	and	comprehensive	income,	and	cash	flows	for	each	of	
the	years	in	the	three-year	period	ended	December	31, 2005.	
These	consolidated	financial	statements	are	the	responsibility	
of	the	Hanmi	Financial	Corporation’s	management.	Our	
responsibility	is	to	express	an	opinion	on	these	consolidated	
financial	statements	based	on	our	audits.

We	conducted	our	audits	in	accordance	with	the	standards	of	
the	Public	Company	Accounting	Oversight	Board	(United	
States).	Those	standards	require	that	we	plan	and	perform	the	
audit	to	obtain	reasonable	assurance	about	whether	the	finan-
cial	statements	are	free	of	material	misstatement.	An	audit	
includes	examining,	on	a	test	basis,	evidence	supporting	the	
amounts	and	disclosures	in	the	financial	statements.	An	audit	
also	includes	assessing	the	accounting	principles	used	and		
significant	estimates	made	by	management,	as	well	as	evaluating	
the	overall	financial	statement	presentation.	We	believe	that	
our	audits	provide	a	reasonable	basis	for	our	opinion.

In	our	opinion,	the	consolidated	financial	statements	referred		
to	above	present	fairly,	in	all	material	respects,	the	financial	
position	of	Hanmi	Financial	Corporation	and	subsidiary	as	of	
December	31, 2005	and	2004,	and	the	results	of	their	operations	
and	their	cash	flows	for	each	of	the	years	in	the	three-year	
period	ended	December	31, 2005,	in	conformity	with	U.S.	
generally	accepted	accounting	principles.

We	also	have	audited,	in	accordance	with	the	standards	of	the	
Public	Company	Accounting	Oversight	Board	(United	States),	
the	effectiveness	of	Hanmi	Financial	Corporation’s	internal	
control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	December	31, 2005,	
based	on	criteria	established	in	Internal Control-Integrated 
Framework	issued	by	the	Committee	of	Sponsoring	Organizations	
of	the	Treadway	Commission	(COSO),	and	our	report	dated	
March	15, 2006	expressed	an	unqualified	opinion	on	manage-
ment’s	assessment	of,	and	the	effective	operation	of,	internal	
control	over	financial	reporting.

Los Angeles, California 
March 15,	2006

45

Hanmi Financial
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Assets

	 Cash	and	due	from	banks	
	 Federal	funds	sold	and	securities	purchased	under	agreements	to	resell	

$ 

	 Cash	and	cash	equivalents	

	 Federal	Reserve	Bank	stock	
	 Federal	Home	Loan	Bank	stock	
	 Securities	held	to	maturity,	at	amortized	cost	(fair	value:	2005	–	$1,051;	

	 2004	–	$1,093)	

	 Securities	available	for	sale,	at	fair	value	
	 Loans	receivable,	net	of	allowance	for	loan	losses	of	$24,963	and	$22,702

	 at	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	respectively	
	 Loans	held	for	sale,	at	the	lower	of	cost	or	fair	value	
	 Customers’	liability	on	acceptances	
	 Premises	and	equipment,	net	
	 Accrued	interest	receivable	
	 Deferred	income	taxes	
	 Servicing	asset	
	 Goodwill		
	 Core	deposit	intangible	
	 Bank-owned	life	insurance	
	 Other	assets	

	 Total	assets	

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Liabilities:

	 Deposits:

	 Non-interest-bearing	
Interest-bearing:
	 Savings	
	 Money	market	checking	
	 Time	deposits	of	$100,000	or	more	
	 Other	time	deposits	

	 Total	deposits	

	 Accrued	interest	payable	
	 Acceptances	outstanding	
	 Other	borrowed	funds	
	 Junior	subordinated	debentures	
	 Other	liabilities	

	 Total	liabilities	

Commitments	and	contingencies	(Notes	16	and	17)
Shareholders’	equity:

	 Common	stock,	$.001	par	value;	authorized	200,000,000	shares;	

	 49,821,798	shares	and	49,330,704	shares	issued	at	December	31, 2005		
	 and	2004,	respectively	
	 Additional	paid-in	capital	
	 Unearned	compensation	
	 Accumulated	other	comprehensive	income	(loss)	–	unrealized	gain	
(loss)	on	securities	available	for	sale,	interest-only	strips	and	
interest	rate	swaps,	net	of	income	taxes	of	($1,671)	and	$744	at	

	 December	3, 2005	and	2004,	respectively	

	 Retained	earnings	

	 Less	treasury	stock,	at	cost;	1,163,000	shares	and	0	shares	at	

	 December	31, 2005	and	2004,	respectively	

	 Total	shareholders’	equity	

Total	liabilities	and	shareholders’	equity	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31,

2005	

2004

03,4 
60,000 
63,4 
2,350 
2,23 

,049 
442,63 

2,46,05 
,065 
,432 
20,4 
4,20 
9,65 
3,90 
209,05 
,69 
22,3 
5,3 
$  3,44,252 

$ 

55,64
2,000
2,64
2,099
9,62

,090
4,3

2,230,992
3,50
4,59
9,69
0,029
5,009
3,46
209,643
,46
2,6
5,0
$  3,04,

$ 

3,6 

$ 

29,53

2,54 
526, 
,6,950 
2,0 
2,26,4 
,9 
,432 
46,33 
2,406 
2,2 
2,9,45 

50	
339,99 
(,50)	

(4,33) 
2,30 
446, 

53,62
63,662
56,50
25,20
2,52,0
,00
4,59
69,293
2,406
2,093
2,04,2

49
334,932
–

,035
63,94
399,90

(20,04)	
426, 
$  3,44,252 

–
399,90
$  3,04,

46 

			
 
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
Hanmi Financial
Consolidated Statements of Income

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

2005	

2004	

2003

Years Ended December 31,

Interest Income:

Interest	and	fees	on	loans	
Interest	on	investments	
Interest	on	term	Federal	funds	sold	
Interest	on	Federal	funds	sold	
	 Total	interest	income	

Interest Expense:

Interest	on	deposits	
Interest	on	borrowings	

	 Total	interest	expense	

Net	interest	income	before	provision	for	credit	losses	
Provision	for	credit	losses	
Net	interest	income	after	provision	for	credit	losses	

Non-Interest Income:

	 Service	charges	on	deposit	accounts	
	 Trade	finance	fees	
	 Remittance	fees	
	 Other	service	charges	and	fees	
	 Bank-owned	life	insurance	income	
Increase	in	fair	value	of	derivatives	

	 Other	income		
	 Gain	on	sales	of	loans	
	 Gain	on	sales	of	securities	available	for	sale	

	 Total	non-interest	income	

Non-Interest Expenses:

	 Salaries	and	employee	benefits	
	 Occupancy	and	equipment	
	 Data	processing	
	 Advertising	and	promotion	
	 Supplies	and	communication	
	 Professional	fees	
	 Amortization	of	core	deposit	intangible	
	 Decrease	in	fair	value	of	embedded	options	
	 Other	operating	expense	
	 Merger-related	expenses	

	 Total	non-interest	expenses	

Income	before	income	taxes	
Income	taxes	 	
Net	income		

Earnings	per	share:

	 Basic	
	 Diluted	

Weighted-average	shares	outstanding:

	 Basic	
	 Diluted	

Dividends	declared	per	share	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

4

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

9,0 
,50 
–	
,59 
99,0 

54,92 
,99 
62, 
36,996 
5,395 
3,60 

5,2 
4,269 
2,22 
2,496 
45 
,05 
2,459 
3,02 
 
32,26 

36,39 
,9 
4,44 
2,93 
2,556 
2,20 
2,5 
4	
, 
(509)	
69,33 
94,64 
36,455 
5,229 

. 
. 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

6, 
,32 
–	
3 
34,366 

26,26 
6,349 
32,6 
0,49 
2,90 
9,42 

4,44 
4,044 
,653 
,46 
3 
232 
,6 
2,99 
34 
2,399 

33,540 
,09 
4,540 
3,00 
2,433 
2,06 
,2 
–	
,96 
2,053	
66,566	
59,65 
22,95 
36,00 

0. 
0.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

64,505
2,40
225
2
,4

9,24
,549
20,96
56,62
5,60
50,94

0,339
2,
952
,29
499
35
40
2,5
,094
20,022

2,24
5,9
3,00
,635
,496
,6
2
–
5,44
–
39,325
3,63
2,425
9,23

0.6
0.6

49,4,5 
49,942,356 
0 .20 

  42,26,964 
43,5,25 
0.20 

$ 

  2,092,0
  2,662,026
0.20
$ 

	
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
Hanmi Financial
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income

Years Ended December 31,	2005,	2004 and 2003 

Common Stock – Number of Shares 

(Dollars in Thousands) 
Balance – December 31, 2002	
	 Stock	options	exercised	
	 Cash	dividends	
	 Comprehensive	income:
	 Net	income	
	 Change	in	unrealized	gain	on	securities	

	 available	for	sale,	interest-only	strips	and	

interest	rate	swaps,	net	of	tax	
	 Total	comprehensive	income	

Balance – December 31, 2003	
	 Stock	options	exercised	
	 Warrants	exercised	
	 Stock	issued	through	private	placement	
	 Stock	issued	in	PUB	acquisition	
	 Cash	dividends	
	 Comprehensive	income:
	 Net	income	
	 Change	in	unrealized	gain	on	securities	

	 available	for	sale,	interest-only	strips	and	

interest	rate	swaps,	net	of	tax	
	 Total	comprehensive	income	

Balance – December 31, 2004	
	 Stock	options	exercised	
	 Restricted	stock	award	
	 Amortization	of	unearned	compensation	
	 Tax	benefit	from	exercise	of	stock	options	
	 Stock	repurchase	
	 Cash	dividends	
	 Comprehensive	income:
	 Net	income	
	 Change	in	unrealized	gain	on	securities	

	 available	for	sale,	interest-only	strips	and	

interest	rate	swaps,	net	of	tax	
	 Total	comprehensive	income	

Balance – December 31, 2005	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

Gross Shares 
Issued and 
Outstanding 
2,30,66 
495,954	
–	

–	

–	

2,326,20	
60,56	
20,000	
,94,654	
2,4,654	
–	

–	

–	

49,330,04	
39,094	
00,000	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	

–	

Treasury 
Shares 

Net Shares 
Issued and 
Outstanding 
2,30,66 
495,954	
–	

–	

–	

2,326,20	
60,56	
20,000	
,94,654	
2,4,654	
–	

–	

–	

– 
–	
–	

–	

–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	

–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
(,63,000)	
–	

49,330,04	
39,094	
00,000	
–	
–	
(,63,000)	
–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

49,2,9	

(,63,000)	

4,65,9	

$ 

50 

$  339,99 

$	

(,50)	

$	

(4,33)	

$  2,30	

$	

(20,04)	

$  426,

4 

Common 

Stock 

$ 

2 

$ 

Additional 

Paid-in 

Capital 

99,92 

3,4	

Unearned 

Compensation 

$ 

Years Ended December 31,	2005,	2004 and 2003

Shareholders’ Equity

Accumulated

Other 

Comprehensive 

Income 

$ 

2,05 

$ 

22,40 

$ 

Treasury 

Stock, 

at Cost 

Total

Shareholders’

Equity

$  24,46

–	

–	

–	

–	

2 

 

–	

 

2 

–	

49	

–	

–	

	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

03,06	

3,234	

90	

,02	

56,3	

334,932	

2,55	

,5	

29	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

– 

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(,5)	

665	

(,9)	

36	

35,95	

Retained 

Earnings 

–	

(5,636)	

9,23	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(,9)	

36,00	

63,94	

(9,3)	

5,229	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

649	

,035	

(5,4)	

– 

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(20,04)	

3,4

(5,636)

9,23

(,9)

,494

39,46

3,235

90

,0

56,50

(,9)

36,00

649

3,349

399,90

2,56

–

665

29

(20,04)

(9,3)

5,229

(5,4)

52,

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Years Ended December 31,	2005,	2004 and 2003 

Common Stock – Number of Shares 

Gross Shares 

Issued and 

Outstanding 

2,30,66 

495,954	

Treasury 

Shares 

Net Shares 

Issued and 

Outstanding 

2,30,66 

495,954	

2,326,20	

60,56	

20,000	

,94,654	

2,4,654	

49,330,04	

39,094	

00,000	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

– 

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

2,326,20	

60,56	

20,000	

,94,654	

2,4,654	

49,330,04	

39,094	

00,000	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

(,63,000)	

(,63,000)	

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Balance – December 31, 2002	

	 Stock	options	exercised	

	 Cash	dividends	

	 Comprehensive	income:

	 Net	income	

	 Change	in	unrealized	gain	on	securities	

	 available	for	sale,	interest-only	strips	and	

interest	rate	swaps,	net	of	tax	

	 Total	comprehensive	income	

Balance – December 31, 2003	

	 Stock	options	exercised	

	 Warrants	exercised	

	 Stock	issued	through	private	placement	

	 Stock	issued	in	PUB	acquisition	

	 Cash	dividends	

	 Comprehensive	income:

	 Net	income	

	 Change	in	unrealized	gain	on	securities	

	 available	for	sale,	interest-only	strips	and	

interest	rate	swaps,	net	of	tax	

	 Total	comprehensive	income	

Balance – December 31, 2004	

	 Stock	options	exercised	

	 Restricted	stock	award	

	 Amortization	of	unearned	compensation	

	 Tax	benefit	from	exercise	of	stock	options	

	 Stock	repurchase	

	 Cash	dividends	

	 Comprehensive	income:

	 Net	income	

	 Change	in	unrealized	gain	on	securities	

	 available	for	sale,	interest-only	strips	and	

interest	rate	swaps,	net	of	tax	

	 Total	comprehensive	income	

Balance – December 31, 2005	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

Years Ended December 31,	2005,	2004 and 2003

Treasury 
Stock, 
at Cost 

$ 

Shareholders’ Equity

Accumulated
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income 

$ 

2,05 
–	
–	

–	

$ 

Retained 
Earnings 

22,40 
–	
(5,636)	

9,23	

(,9)	

–	

$ 

Common 
Stock 

2 
–	
–	

–	

–	

2 
 
–	
 
2 
–	

–	

–	

49	
	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	

–	

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

$ 

99,92 
3,4	
–	

Unearned 
Compensation 
– 
$ 
–	
–	

–	

–	

03,06	
3,234	
90	
,02	
56,3	
–	

–	

–	

334,932	
2,55	
,5	
–	
29	
–	
–	

–	

–	

–	

–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	

–	

–	
–	
(,5)	
665	
–	
–	
–	

–	

–	

36	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	

649	

,035	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	

35,95	
–	
–	
–	
–	
(,9)	

36,00	

–	

63,94	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
(9,3)	

5,229	

(5,4)	

–	

– 
–	
–	

–	

–	

–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	

–	

–	

–	
–	
–	
–	

(20,04)	
–	

–	

–	

Total
Shareholders’
Equity
$  24,46
3,4
(5,636)

9,23

(,9)
,494
39,46
3,235
90
,0
56,50
(,9)

36,00

649
3,349
399,90
2,56
–
665
29
(20,04)
(9,3)

5,229

(5,4)
52,
$  426,

49,2,9	

(,63,000)	

4,65,9	

$ 

50 

$  339,99 

$	

(,50)	

$	

(4,33)	

$  2,30	

$	

(20,04)	

49

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Hanmi Financial
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

	 Net	income		
	 Adjustments	to	reconcile	net	income	to	net	cash	and	
	 cash	equivalents	provided	by	operating	activities:

	 Depreciation	and	amortization	of	premises	and	equipment	
	 Amortization	of	premiums	and	discounts	on	investments	
	 Amortization	of	core	deposit	intangible	
	 Amortization	of	unearned	compensation	
	 Provision	for	credit	losses	
	 Federal	Reserve	Bank	and	

	 Federal	Home	Loan	Bank	stock	dividends	
	 Gain	on	sales	of	securities	available	for	sale	

Increase	in	fair	value	of	derivatives	

	 Decrease	in	fair	value	of	embedded	options	
	 Gain	on	sales	of	loans	
	 Gain	on	sales	of	other	real	estate	owned	
	 Loss	on	sales	of	premises	and	equipment	
	 Tax	benefit	from	exercise	of	stock	options	
	 Deferred	tax	(benefit)	expense	
	 Origination	of	loans	held	for	sale	
	 Proceeds	from	sales	of	loans	held	for	sale	
	 Change	in:

(Increase)	decrease	in	accrued	interest	receivable	
Increase	in	cash	surrender	value	of	
	 bank-owned	life	insurance	
(Increase)	decrease	in	other	assets	
Increase	(decrease)	in	accrued	interest	payable	
Increase	(decrease)	in	other	liabilities	

	 Net	cash	and	cash	equivalents	provided	by	

	 operating	activities	

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

	 Proceeds	from	matured	term	federal	funds	sold	
	 Proceeds	from	sales	of	Federal	Home	Loan	Bank	Stock	
	 Proceeds	from	matured	or	called	securities	available	for	sale	
	 Proceeds	from	matured	or	called	securities	held	to	maturity	
	 Proceeds	from	sales	of	securities	available	for	sale	
	 Proceeds	from	sales	of	other	real	estate	owned	
	 Net	increase	in	loans	receivable	
	 Purchases	of	Federal	Reserve	Bank	and	

	 Federal	Home	Loan	Bank	stock	

	 Purchases	of	securities	available	for	sale	
	 Purchases	of	bank-owned	life	insurance	
	 Purchases	of	premises	and	equipment	
	 Acquisition	of	Pacific	Union	Bank,	net	of	cash	acquired	

	 Net	cash	and	cash	equivalents	used	in	investing	activities	

Years Ended December 31,

2005	

2004	

2003

$ 

5,229 

$ 

36,00 

$ 

9,23

2,04 
565 
2,5 
665	
5,395 

(362)	
()	
(,05)	
4	
(3,02)	
–	
34	
29	
(2,0)	
(6,09)	
6,55	

(4,09)	

(45)	
(5,34)	
4,	
4,06	

2,44 
3,246 
,2 
–	
2,90 

(49)	
(34)	
(232)	
–	
(2,99)	
–	
5	
–	
694	
(53,55)	
54,3	

55	

(3)	
,02	
(444)	
(2,5)	

,55
2
22
–
5,60

(0)
(,094)
(35)
–
(2,5)
(2)
6
–
(2,069)
(45,5)
35,00

(,53)

(500)
(,32)
,0
5,506

6,944	

3,34	

3,5

–	
–	
9,5 
–	
,360 
–	
(242,0)	

(2,264)	
(32,00)	
–	
(3,3)	
–	
(29,63)	

–	
5,03	
20,39 
239 
53,063 
–	
(20,65)	

(9,4)	
(22,34)	
(0,000)	
(2,049)	
(63,49)	
(49,44)	

30,000
–
0,346
6,24
45,05
204
(265,64)

(5,669)
(35,2)
–
(2,03)
–
(39,44)

50 

	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
(In Thousands)  

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

Increase	in	deposits	
Issuance	of	junior	subordinated	debentures	

	 Proceeds	from	exercises	of	stock	options	
	 Proceeds	from	exercises	of	stock	warrants	
	 Stock	issued	through	private	placement	
	 Cash	paid	to	acquire	treasury	stock	
	 Cash	dividends	paid	

(Decrease)	increase	in	other	borrowed	funds	

	 Net	cash	and	cash	equivalents	provided	by	financing	activities	

Net	increase	(decrease)	in	cash	and	cash	equivalents	
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	–	beginning	of	year	

Cash and Cash Equivalents – End of Year	

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

Interest	paid	 	
Income	taxes	paid	

Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

	 Transfer	of	loans	to	other	real	estate	owned	
	 Accrued	dividend	

Reconciliation of Acquisition of Pacific Union Bank, Net of Cash Acquired:

	 Fair	value	of	assets	acquired	
	 Cash	and	cash	equivalents	acquired	
	 Non-cash	financing	of	purchase	price	and	liabilities	assumed:

Issuance	of	common	stock	

	 Liabilities	assumed	

	 Acquisition	of	Pacific	Union	Bank,	net	of	cash	acquired	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

$ 

$ 
$ 

$	
$ 

$	
$	

$	
$	
$	

Years Ended December 31,

2005	

2004	

2003

29,30 
–	
2,56 
–	
–	
(20,04)	
(9,3)	
(22,962)	
24,00 
36,33 
2,64 

63,4 

4,266 
3,650 

–	
2,433 

46,23 
2,406	
3,235 
90	
,0	
–	
(,40)	
(29,495)	
6,59 
64,569	
62,595 

6,56
–
3,4
–
–
–
(4,220)
45,202
305,99
(60,)
22,2

$ 

$ 
$ 

$	
$ 

2,64 

$ 

62,595

29,920 
25,400 

–	
2,46 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

9,
9,469

22
,46

–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

$  ,33,2 

$	
(04,33)	 $	

(56,50)	 $	
(,059,5)	 $	
$	
63,49 

$ 

–
–

–
–
–

5

		
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Hanmi Financial
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Federal	Home	Loan	Bank	Stock	

The	accounting	and	reporting	policies	of	Hanmi	Financial	
Corporation	and	subsidiary	conform	to	accounting	principles	
generally	accepted	in	the	United	States	of	America	and	to		
prevailing	practices	within	the	banking	industry.	A	summary	
of	the	significant	accounting	policies	consistently	applied	in	
the	preparation	of	the	accompanying	consolidated	financial	
statements	follows.

Principles	of	Consolidation

The	consolidated	financial	statements	include	the	accounts	of	
Hanmi	Financial	Corporation	(“Hanmi	Financial”,	“we”	or	
“us”)	and	our	wholly	owned	subsidiary,	Hanmi	Bank	(the	
“Bank”),	after	elimination	of	all	material	intercompany	trans-
actions	and	balances.

Hanmi	Financial	was	formed	as	a	holding	company	of	the	Bank	and	
registered	with	the	Securities	and	Exchange	Commission	under	
the	Securities	Act	of	1933	on	March	17, 2001.	Subsequent	to	our	
formation,	each	of	the	Bank’s	shares	was	exchanged	for	one	share	
of	Hanmi	Financial	with	an	equal	value.

Our	primary	operations	are	related	to	traditional	banking	activ-
ities,	including	the	acceptance	of	deposits	and	the	lending	and	
investing	of	money	through	operation	of	the	Bank.	The	Bank	is	
a	community	bank	conducting	general	business	banking	with	its	
primary	market	encompassing	the	multi-ethnic	population	of	
Los	Angeles,	Orange,	San	Diego,	San	Francisco	and	Santa	Clara	
counties.	The	Bank’s	full-service	offices	are	located	in	business	
areas	where	many	of	the	businesses	are	run	by	immigrants	and	
other	minority	groups.	The	Bank’s	client	base	reflects	the	multi-
ethnic	composition	of	these	communities.	The	Bank	is	a	
California	state-chartered,	FDIC-insured	financial	institution.

On	April	30, 2004,	we	completed	our	acquisition	of	Pacific	
Union	Bank	(“PUB”),	a	$1.2	billion	(assets)	commercial	bank	
headquartered	in	Los	Angeles	that	also	served	primarily	the	
Korean-American	community.	As	of	December	31, 2005,	the	
Bank	maintained	a	branch	network	of	22	locations,	serving	
individuals	and	small-	to	medium-sized	businesses	in	Los	
Angeles	and	surrounding	areas.

Cash	and	Cash	Equivalents	

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	include	cash	and	due	from	banks,	
Federal	funds	sold	and	securities	purchased	under	resale	
agreements,	all	of	which	have	maturities	of	less	than	90	days.

Federal	Reserve	Bank	Stock

As	a	member	of	the	Federal	Reserve	Bank	of	San	Francisco	
(“FRB”),	the	Bank	is	required	to	maintain	stock	in	the	FRB	
based	on	a	specified	ratio	relative	to	our	capital.	FRB	stock	is	
carried	at	cost	and	may	be	sold	back	to	the	FRB	at	its	carrying	
value.	Both	cash	and	stock	dividends	received	are	reported	as	
dividend	income.

As	a	member	of	the	Federal	Home	Loan	Bank	of	San	Francisco	
(“FHLB”),	the	Bank	is	required	to	own	common	stock	in	the	
FHLB	based	upon	our	balance	of	residential	mortgage	loans	and	
outstanding	FHLB	advances.	FHLB	stock	is	carried	at	cost	and	
may	be	sold	back	to	the	FHLB	at	its	carrying	value.	Both	cash	
and	stock	dividends	received	are	reported	as	dividend	income.

Securities	

Securities	are	classified	into	three	categories	and	accounted	
for	as	follows:

1.	Securities	that	we	have	the	positive	intent	and	ability	to	
hold	to	maturity	are	classified	as	“held-to-maturity”	and	
reported	at	amortized	cost;

2.	Securities	that	are	bought	and	held	principally	for	the		

purpose	of	selling	them	in	the	near	future	are	classified	as	
“trading	securities”	and	reported	at	fair	value.	Unrealized	
gains	and	losses	are	recognized	in	earnings;	and

3.	Securities	not	classified	as	held-to-maturity	or	trading	

securities	are	classified	as	“available	for	sale”	and	reported	
at	fair	value.	Unrealized	gains	and	losses	are	reported	as	a	
separate	component	of	shareholders’	equity	as	Accumulated	
Other	Comprehensive	Income,	Net	of	Income	Taxes.

Accreted	discounts	and	amortized	premiums	on	investment	
securities	are	included	in	interest	income	using	the	effective	
interest	method	over	the	remaining	period	to	the	call	date	or	
contractual	maturity	and,	in	the	case	of	mortgage-backed	
securities	and	securities	with	call	features,	adjusted	for	anticipated	
prepayments.	Unrealized	and	realized	gains	or	losses	related	to	
holding	or	selling	of	securities	are	calculated	using	the	specific-
identification	method.	To	the	extent	there	is	an	impairment		
of	value	deemed	other	than	temporary	for	a	security	held	to	
maturity	or	available	for	sale,	a	loss	is	recognized	in	earnings	and	
a	new	cost	basis	established	for	the	security.

We	also	have	a	minority	investment	of	4.99	percent	in	a	non-
publicly	traded	company,	Pacific	International	Bank.	The	invest-
ment	is	included	in	Other	Assets	on	the	Consolidated	
Statements	of	Financial	Condition	and	is	carried	at	cost.	As	of	
December	31, 2005	and	2004,	the	carrying	value	was	$511,000.	
We	monitor	the	investment	for	impairment	and	makes	appro-
priate	reductions	in	carrying	value	when	necessary.

Derivative	Instruments

We	account	for	derivatives	in	accordance	with	the	provisions	
of	SFAS	No.	133,	“Accounting for Derivative Instruments and 
Hedging Activities”	(“SFAS	No.	133).	Under	SFAS	No.	133,	all	
derivatives	are	recognized	on	the	balance	sheet	at	their	fair	
value.	On	the	date	the	derivative	contract	is	entered	into,	we	
designate	the	derivative	as	a	fair	value	hedge,	a	cash	flow	hedge,	
a	hedge	of	a	net	investment	in	a	foreign	operation,	or	a	non-
hedging	derivative.	Fair	value	hedges	include	hedges	of	the	fair	
value	of	a	recognized	asset	or	liability	and	certain	foreign		

52 

currency	hedges.	Cash	flow	hedges	include	hedges	of	the	vari-
ability	of	cash	flows	to	be	received	or	paid	related	to	a	recog-
nized	asset	or	liability	and	certain	foreign	currency	hedges.	
Changes	in	the	fair	value	of	derivatives	designated	as	fair	value	
hedges,	along	with	the	change	in	fair	value	on	the	hedged	asset	
or	liability	that	is	attributable	to	the	hedged	risk,	are	recorded	in	
current	period	earnings.	Changes	in	the	fair	value	of	derivatives	
designated	as	cash	flow	hedges,	to	the	extent	effective	as	a	
hedge,	are	recorded	in	accumulated	other	comprehensive	income	
and	reclassified	into	earnings	in	the	period	during	which	the	
hedged	item	affects	earnings.	Changes	in	the	fair	value	of	deriva-
tives	used	to	hedge	our	net	investment	in	foreign	subsidiaries,		
to	the	extent	effective	as	a	hedge,	are	recorded	in	common	share-
holders’	equity	as	a	component	of	the	cumulative	translation	
adjustment	account	within	accumulated	other	comprehensive	
income.	Changes	in	the	fair	value	of	derivative	instruments	not	
designated	as	hedging	instruments	and	ineffective	portions	of	
changes	in	the	fair	value	of	hedging	instruments	are	recognized	in	
other	income	in	the	current	period.

We	formally	document	all	relationships	between	hedging	
instruments	and	hedged	items.	This	documentation	includes	
our	risk	management	objective	and	strategy	for	undertaking	
various	hedge	transactions,	as	well	as	how	hedge	effectiveness	
and	ineffectiveness	will	be	measured.	This	process	includes	
linking	derivatives	to	specific	assets	and	liabilities	on	the		
balance	sheet.	We	also	formally	assess,	both	at	the	hedge’s	
inception	and	on	an	ongoing	basis,	whether	the	derivatives	
that	are	used	in	hedging	transactions	are	highly	effective	in	
offsetting	changes	in	fair	values	or	cash	flows	of	hedged	items.	
When	it	is	determined	that	a	derivative	is	not	highly	effective	
as	a	hedge	or	that	it	has	ceased	to	be	a	highly	effective	hedge,	
we	discontinue	hedge	accounting	prospectively.

When	hedge	accounting	is	discontinued	because	it	is	determined	
that	the	derivative	no	longer	qualifies	as	an	effective	hedge,	the	
derivative	will	continue	to	be	carried	on	the	balance	sheet	at	its	
fair	value,	with	changes	in	its	fair	value	recognized	in	current	
period	earnings.	For	fair	value	hedges,	the	formerly	hedged	asset	
or	liability	will	no	longer	be	adjusted	for	changes	in	fair	value	and	
any	previously	recorded	adjustments	to	the	carrying	value	of	the	
hedged	asset	or	liability	will	be	amortized	in	the	same	manner	
that	the	hedged	item	affects	income.	For	cash	flow	hedges,	
amounts	 previously	 recorded	 in	Accumulated	 Other	
Comprehensive	Income	will	be	reclassified	into	income	as		
earnings	are	impacted	by	the	variability	in	the	cash	flows	of		
the	hedged	item.

If	the	hedging	instrument	is	terminated	early,	the	derivative	is	
removed	from	the	balance	sheet.	Accounting	for	the	adjust-
ments	to	the	hedged	asset	or	liability	or	adjustments	to	
Accumulated	Other	Comprehensive	Income	are	the	same	as	
described	above	when	a	derivative	no	longer	qualifies	as	an	
effective	hedge.

53

If	the	hedged	asset	or	liability	is	sold	or	extinguished,	the		
derivative	will	continue	to	be	carried	on	the	balance	sheet	at	its	
fair	value,	with	changes	in	its	fair	value	recognized	in	current	
period	earnings.	The	hedged	item,	including	previously	recorded	
mark-to-market	adjustments,	is	derecognized	immediately	as	a	
component	of	the	gain	or	loss	upon	disposition.

Loans	

We	originate	loans	for	investment,	with	such	designation	made	
at	the	time	of	origination.	Loans	are	recorded	at	the	contractual	
amounts	due	from	borrowers,	adjusted	for	unamortized		
discounts	and	premiums,	undisbursed	funds,	net	deferred	loan	
fees	and	origination	costs,	and	the	allowance	for	loan	losses.

Certain	Small	Business	Administration	(“SBA”)	loans	that	may	
be	sold	prior	to	maturity	have	been	designated	as	held	for	sale	
at	origination	and	are	recorded	at	the	lower	of	cost	or	fair	value,	
determined	on	an	aggregate	basis.	A	valuation	allowance	is	
established	if	the	market	value	of	such	loans	is	lower	than	their	
cost,	and	operations	are	charged	or	credited	for	valuation	
adjustments.	Upon	sales	of	such	loans,	we	receive	a	fee	for		
servicing	the	loans.	The	servicing	asset	is	recorded	based	on	the	
present	value	of	the	contractually	specified	servicing	fee,	net	of	
adequate	compensation,	for	the	estimated	life	of	the	loan,		
discounted	by	a	rate	in	the	range	of	11	percent	to	12	percent	
and	a	constant	prepayment	rate	ranging	from	6	percent	to	16	
percent.	The	servicing	asset	is	amortized	in	proportion	to	and	
over	the	period	of	estimated	servicing	income.	Management	
periodically	evaluates	the	servicing	asset	for	impairment.	
Impairment,	if	it	occurs,	is	recognized	in	a	valuation	allowance	
in	the	period	of	impairment.

Interest-only	strips	are	recorded	based	on	the	present	value	of	the	
excess	of	total	servicing	fee	over	the	contractually	specified	servic-
ing	fee	for	the	estimated	life	of	the	loan,	calculated	using	the	same	
assumptions	as	noted	above.	Such	interest-only	strips	are	accounted	
for	at	their	estimated	fair	value,	with	unrealized	gains	or	losses	
recorded	as	adjustments	to	Other	Comprehensive	Income.

Loans	Held	for	Sale	

Loans	originated	and	intended	for	sale	in	the	secondary	market	
are	carried	at	the	lower	of	cost	or	estimated	fair	value	in	the	
aggregate.	Net	unrealized	losses,	if	any,	are	recognized	through	
a	valuation	allowance	by	charges	to	income.

Loan	Interest	Income	and	Fees

Interest	on	loans	is	credited	to	income	as	earned	and	is	
accrued	only	if	deemed	collectible.	Direct	loan	origination	
costs	are	offset	by	loan	origination	fees	with	the	net	amount	
deferred	and	recognized	over	the	contractual	lives	of	the	loans	
in	interest	income	as	a	yield	adjustment	using	the	effective	
interest	method.	Discounts	or	premiums	associated	with	pur-
chased	loans	are	accreted	or	amortized	to	interest	income	
using	the	interest	method	over	the	contractual	lives	of	the	
loans,	adjusted	for	prepayments.	Accretion	of	discounts	and	
deferred	loan	fees	is	discontinued	when	loans	are	placed	on	
non-accrual	status.

Hanmi Financial
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Loans	are	placed	on	non-accrual	status	when,	in	the	opinion	of	
management,	the	full	timely	collection	of	principal	or	interest	is	
in	doubt.	Generally,	the	accrual	of	interest	is	discontinued	when	
principal	or	interest	payments	become	more	than	90	days	past	
due.	However,	in	certain	instances,	we	may	place	a	particular	loan	
on	non-accrual	status	earlier,	depending	upon	the	individual	cir-
cumstances	surrounding	the	loan’s	delinquency.	When	an	asset	is	
placed	on	non-accrual	status,	previously	accrued	but	unpaid	inter-
est	is	reversed	against	current	income.	Subsequent	collections	of	
cash	are	applied	as	principal	reductions	when	received,	except	
when	the	ultimate	collectibility	of	principal	is	probable,	in	which	
case	interest	payments	are	credited	to	income.	Non-accrual	assets	
may	be	restored	to	accrual	status	when	principal	and	interest	
become	current	and	full	repayment	is	expected.	Interest	income	
is	recognized	on	the	accrual	basis	for	impaired	loans	not	meeting	
the	criteria	for	non-accrual.

Allowance	for	Loan	Losses

Management	believes	the	allowance	for	loan	losses	is	adequate	to	
provide	for	probable	losses	inherent	in	the	loan	portfolio.	
However,	the	allowance	is	an	estimate	that	is	inherently	uncertain	
and	depends	on	the	outcome	of	future	events.	Management’s		
estimates	are	based	on	previous	loan	loss	experience;	volume,	
growth	and	composition	of	the	loan	portfolio;	the	value	of		
collateral;	and	current	economic	conditions.	Our	lending	is		
concentrated	in	consumer,	commercial,	construction	and	real	
estate	loans	in	the	greater	Los	Angeles/Orange	County	area.	
Although	management	believes	the	level	of	the	allowance	is		
adequate	to	absorb	probable	losses	inherent	in	the	loan	portfolio,	
a	decline	in	the	local	economy	may	result	in	increasing	losses	that	
cannot	reasonably	be	predicted	at	this	date.

Non-performing	loans	are	those	that	are	not	earning	income,	
and	(1)	full	payment	of	principal	and	interest	is	no	longer		
anticipated,	(2)	principal	or	interest	is	90	days	or	more	delin-
quent,	or	(3)	the	loan	payment	or	term	has	been	restructured	
in	accordance	with	troubled	debt	restructure	procedures.	The	
Bank	generally	places	loans	on	non-accrual	status	when	interest	
or	principal	payments	become	90	days	or	more	past	due	unless	
the	outstanding	principal	and	interest	is	adequately	secured	and,	
in	the	opinion	of	management,	is	deemed	to	be	in	the	process	
of	collection.	When	loans	are	placed	on	non-accrual	status,	
accrued	but	unpaid	interest	is	reversed	against	the	current	year’s	
income,	and	interest	income	on	non-accrual	loans	is	recorded	
on	a	cash	basis.	The	Bank	may	treat	payments	as	interest	income	
or	return	of	principal	depending	upon	management’s	opinion	
of	the	ultimate	risk	of	loss	on	the	individual	loan.	Cash		
payments	are	treated	as	interest	income	where	management	
believes	the	remaining	principal	balance	is	fully	collectible.	
Additionally,	the	Bank	may	place	loans	that	are	not	90	days	
past	due	on	non-accrual	status,	if	management	reasonably	
believes	the	borrower	will	not	be	able	to	comply	with	the	
contractual	loan	repayment	terms	and	collection	of	principal	
or	interest	is	in	question.

Loan	losses	are	charged,	and	recoveries	are	credited,	to	the	
allowance	account.	Additions	to	the	allowance	account	are	
charged	to	the	provision	for	credit	losses.	The	allowance	for	
loan	losses	is	maintained	at	a	level	considered	adequate	by	man-
agement	to	absorb	probable	losses	in	the	loan	portfolio.	The	
adequacy	of	the	allowance	is	determined	by	management	based	
upon	an	evaluation	and	review	of	the	loan	portfolio,	consideration	
of	historical	loan	loss	experience,	current	economic	conditions,	
changes	in	the	composition	of	the	loan	portfolio,	analysis	of		
collateral	values	and	other	pertinent	factors.

Loans	are	measured	for	impairment	when	it	is	probable	that	all	
amounts,	including	principal	and	interest,	will	not	be	collected	
in	accordance	with	the	contractual	terms	of	the	loan	agreement.	
The	amount	of	impairment	and	any	subsequent	changes	are	
recorded	through	the	provision	for	credit	losses	as	an	adjust-
ment	to	the	allowance	for	loan	losses.	Accounting	standards	
require	that	an	impaired	loan	be	measured	based	on:

1.	the	present	value	of	the	expected	future	cash	flows,		
discounted	at	the	loan’s	effective	interest	rate;	or

2.	the	loan’s	observable	fair	value;	or

3.	the	fair	value	of	the	collateral,	if	the	loan	is	collateral-

dependent.

We	evaluate	installment	loans	for	impairment	on	a	pooled	basis.	
These	loans	are	considered	to	be	smaller	balance,	homogeneous	
loans	and	are	evaluated	on	a	portfolio	basis	considering	the		
projected	net	realizable	value	of	the	portfolio	compared	to	the	
net	carrying	value	of	the	portfolio.

Hanmi	Bank	follows	the	“Interagency Policy Statement on the 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses”	and	analyzes	the	allowance	
for	loan	losses	on	a	monthly	basis.	In	addition,	as	an	integral	
part	of	the	quarterly	credit	review	process	of	the	Bank,	the	
allowance	for	loan	losses	and	allowance	for	off-balance	sheet	
items	are	reviewed	for	adequacy.	The	California	Department	
of	Financial	Institutions	(“DFI”)	and/or	the	FRB	require	the	
Bank	to	recognize	additions	to	the	allowance	for	loan	losses	
based	upon	their	assessment	of	the	information	available	to	
them	at	the	time	of	their	examinations.

Premises	and	Equipment

Premises	and	equipment	are	stated	at	cost,	less	accumulated	
depreciation	and	amortization.	Depreciation	on	furniture,		
fixtures	and	equipment	is	computed	on	the	straight-line	
method	over	the	estimated	useful	lives	of	the	related	assets,	
which	range	from	three	to	30	years.	Leasehold	improvements	
are	capitalized	and	amortized	using	the	straight-line	method	
over	the	term	of	the	lease	or	the	estimated	useful	lives	of	the	
improvements,	whichever	is	shorter.

54 

Estimated	future	amortization	expense	of	the	CDI	balance	is	
as	 follows:	 $2,379,000	 in	 2006;	 $2,039,000	 in	 2007;	
$1,675,000	in	2008;	$1,284,000	in	2009;	$865,000	in	2010;	
and	$450,000	thereafter.

Junior	Subordinated	Debentures

We	have	established	three	statutory	business	trusts	that	are	
wholly	owned	subsidiaries	of	Hanmi	Financial.	In	three	separate	
private	placement	transactions,	the	Trusts	issued	variable	rate	
capital	securities	representing	undivided	preferred	beneficial	
interests	in	the	assets	of	the	Trusts.	Hanmi	Financial	is	the	owner	
of	all	the	beneficial	interests	represented	by	the	common	secu-
rities	of	the	Trusts.

FASB	Interpretation	No.	46R,	“Consolidation of Variable Interest 
Entities (Revised December 2003) – an Interpretation of ARB No. 
51,”	requires	that	variable	interest	entities	be	consolidated	by	
a	company	if	that	company	is	subject	to	a	majority	of	expected	
loss	from	the	variable	interest	entity’s	activities	or	is	entitled	
to	receive	a	majority	of	the	entity’s	expected	residual	returns	
or	both.	Junior	subordinated	debt	represents	liabilities	of	the	
Hanmi	Financial	to	the	Trusts.

Income	Taxes

We	provide	for	income	taxes	using	the	asset	and	liability	
method.	Under	this	method,	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	
are	recognized	for	the	future	tax	consequences	attributable	to	
differences	between	financial	statement	carrying	amounts	of	
existing	assets	and	liabilities	and	their	respective	tax	bases	and	
operating	loss	and	tax	credit	carryforwards.	Deferred	tax	
assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	using	enacted	tax	rates	
expected	to	apply	to	taxable	income	in	the	years	in	which	
those	temporary	differences	are	expected	to	be	recovered	or	
settled.	The	effect	on	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	of	a	
change	in	tax	rates	is	recognized	in	income	in	the	period	that	
includes	the	enactment	date.	A	valuation	allowance	is	provided	
when	it	is	more	likely	than	not	that	some	portion	or	all	of	the	
deferred	tax	assets	will	not	be	realized.	

Stock-Based	Compensation

Our	employee	stock-based	compensation	arrangements	are	
measured	under	the	provisions	of	Accounting	Principles	Board	
Opinion	No.	25,	“Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.”	
Accordingly,	compensation	cost	for	stock	options	and	
restricted	stock	awards	is	measured	as	the	excess,	if	any,	of	the	
quoted	market	price	of	our	stock	at	the	date	of	grant	over	the	
exercise	price	an	employee	must	pay	to	acquire	the	stock.	No	
compensation	expense	has	been	recognized	for	the	stock	

Goodwill	

Goodwill,	which	represents	the	excess	of	purchase	price	over	
fair	value	of	net	assets	acquired,	amounted	to	$209.1	million	
and	$209.6	million	as	of	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	respec-
tively.	We	adopted	SFAS	No.	142,	“Goodwill and Other Intangible 
Assets”	(“SFAS	No.	142”),	effective	January	1, 2002.	SFAS	No.	
142	required	that	goodwill	be	recorded	at	the	reporting	unit	
level.	Reporting	units	are	defined	as	an	operating	segment.	We	
have	identified	one	reporting	unit	–	our	banking	operations.	
SFAS	No.	142	prohibits	the	amortization	of	goodwill,	but	
requires	that	it	be	tested	for	impairment	at	least	annually,	or	
earlier	if	events	have	occurred	that	might	indicate	impairment.	
We	ceased	amortization	of	goodwill	as	of	January	1, 2002.	
Our	impairment	test	is	performed	in	two	phases.	The	first	
step	involves	comparing	the	fair	value	of	the	reporting	unit	
with	its	carrying	amount,	including	goodwill.	Fair	value	of	the	
reporting	unit	is	estimated	using	two	different	valuation		
techniques:	(a)	discounted	earnings	cash	flow	and	(b)	average	
market	price	to	earnings	multiple	using	a	management	selected	
peer	group.	If	the	fair	value	of	the	reporting	unit	exceeds	its	fair	
value,	an	additional	procedure	must	be	performed.	This		
additional	procedure	involves	comparing	the	implied	fair	value	
of	the	reporting	unit	goodwill	with	the	carrying	amount	of	that	
goodwill.	An	impairment	loss	is	recorded	through	earnings	to	
the	extent	the	carrying	amount	of	goodwill	exceeds	its	implied	
fair	value.	As	of	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	management	is	
unaware	of	any	circumstances	that	would	indicate	a	potential	
impairment	of	goodwill.

Core	Deposit	Intangible

We	amortize	the	core	deposit	intangible	(“CDI”)	balance	using	
an	accelerated	method	over	eight	years.	As	required	upon	
adoption	of	SFAS	No.	142,	we	evaluated	the	useful	lives	
assigned	to	the	CDI	assets	and	determined	that	no	change	was	
necessary	and	amortization	expense	was	not	adjusted	for	the	
year	ended	December	31, 2005.	As	required	by	SFAS	No.	142,	
the	CDI	balance	is	assessed	for	impairment	or	recoverability	
whenever	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	the	car-
rying	amount	may	not	be	recoverable.	The	CDI	recoverability	
analysis	is	consistent	with	our	policy	for	assessing	impairment	
of	long-lived	assets.	As	of	and	for	the	year	ended	December	31, 
2005	and	2004,	management	is	not	aware	of	any	circumstances	
that	would	indicate	impairment	of	the	CDI	asset,	and	no	
impairment	charges	were	recorded	through	earnings	in	2005.

As	of	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	the	gross	carrying	amount	
of	the	CDI	balance	totaled	$13.8	million	and	$13.8	million,	
respectively,	and	the	related	accumulated	amortization	totaled	
$5.1	million	and	$2.3	million,	respectively.	The	total	amorti-
zation	 expense	 on	 the	 CDI	 balance	 was	 $2,785,000,	
$1,872,000	and	$121,000	during	the	years	ended	December	
31, 2005, 2004	and	2003,	respectively.

55

Hanmi Financial
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

option	plan,	as	stock	options	were	granted	at	fair	value	at	the	
date	of	grant.	Had	compensation	expense	for	the	stock	option	
plan	been	determined	based	on	the	fair	values	estimated	using	
the	Black-Scholes	model	at	the	grant	dates	for	previous	
awards,	our	net	income	and	earnings	per	share	would	have	
been	reduced	to	the	pro	forma	amounts	indicated	below:

(Dollars in Thousands, 
Except Per Share Amounts) 

Net	income	–	as	reported	
Add	–	stock-based	employee	
	 compensation	expense	

included	in	reported	net	
income,	net	of	related	tax	

	 effects	(restricted	
stock	award)		

Deduct	–	total	stock-based	
	 employee	compensation	
	 expense	determined	
	 under	fair	value-based	
	 method	for	all	awards	

subject	to		SFAS	No.	23,	
	 net	of	related	tax	effects	
Net	income	–	pro	forma	

Earnings	per	share	–	
	 as	reported:
	 Basic		
	 Diluted		

Earnings	per	share	–	
	 pro	forma:
	 Basic		
	 Diluted		

Years Ended December 31,

2005 

2004	

2003

$  5,229 

$  36,00 

$  9,23

409	

–	

–

(,24)	
$  5,424 

(40)	
$  36,292 

(52)
$  ,692

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

. 
. 

. 
.5 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

0. 
0.4 

0.6 
0.3 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

0.6
0.6

0.6
0.65

The	estimated	weighted-average	fair	value	of	options	granted	was	
$4.96	per	share	in	2005,	$3.94	per	share	in	2004	and	$3.30	per	
share	in	2003.	The	weighted-average	fair	value	of	options	granted	
under	our	fixed	stock	option	plan	was	estimated	on	the	date	of	
grant	using	the	Black-Scholes	option-pricing	model	with	the		
following	weighted-average	assumptions:	dividend	yield	of	1.18	
percent,	1.40	percent	and	0.00	percent	in	2005,	2004	and	2003,	
respectively;	expected	volatility	of	32.6	percent,	32.4	percent	
and	31.0	percent	in	2005,	2004	and	2003;	respectively;	expected	
lives	of	4.1	years,	4.2	years	and	4.5	years	in	2005,	2004		
and	2003,	respectively;	and	risk-free	interest	rates	of	4.13		
percent,	2.90	percent	and	1.87	percent	in	2005,	2004	and		
2003,	respectively.

In	February	2005,	100,000	shares	of	restricted	stock	were	
awarded	to	Dr.	Sung	Won	Sohn,	our	Chief	Executive	Officer.	
20,000	of	these	shares	vested	immediately,	and	an	additional	
20,000	shares	will	vest	each	year	over	the	next	four	years	on	
each	anniversary	date	of	the	grant.	The	market	value	of	the	
shares	awarded	totaled	$1,815,000.	The	20,000	shares	that	
vested	immediately	were	recorded	as	compensation	expense	
and	the	remaining	80,000	shares	were	recorded	as	unearned	
compensation,	a	separate	component	of	shareholders’	equity.	

Unearned	compensation	is	being	amortized	against	income	
over	the	four-year	vesting	period.	For	the	year	ended	
December	31, 2005,	compensation	expense	of	$665,000	was	
recognized	in	the	Consolidated	Statements	of	Income.

Earnings	Per	Share

Basic	earnings	per	share	(“EPS”)	is	computed	by	dividing	
earnings	available	to	common	shareholders	by	the	weighted-
average	number	of	common	shares	outstanding	for	the	period.	
Diluted	EPS	reflects	the	potential	dilution	of	securities	that	
could	share	in	the	earnings.

Treasury	Stock	

We	use	the	cost	method	of	accounting	for	treasury	stock.	The	
cost	method	requires	us	to	record	the	reacquisition	cost	of	
treasury	stock	as	a	deduction	from	shareholders’	equity	on	the	
Consolidated	Statements	of	Financial	Condition.

Impairment	of	Long-Lived	Assets	

We	account	for	long-lived	assets	in	accordance	with	the	provi-
sions	of	SFAS	No.	144,	“Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal 
of Long-Lived Assets.”	This	Statement	requires	that	long-lived	
assets	and	certain	identifiable	intangibles	be	reviewed	for	
impairment	whenever	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	
indicate	that	the	carrying	amount	of	an	asset	may	not	be	
recoverable.	Recoverability	of	assets	to	be	held	and	used	is	
measured	by	a	comparison	of	the	carrying	amount	of	an	asset	
to	future	net	cash	flows	expected	to	be	generated	by	the	asset.	
If	such	assets	are	considered	to	be	impaired,	the	impairment	
to	be	recognized	is	measured	by	the	amount	by	which	the	car-
rying	amount	of	the	assets	exceeds	the	fair	value	of	the	assets.	
Assets	to	be	disposed	of	are	reported	at	the	lower	of	the	car-
rying	amount	or	fair	value	less	costs	to	sell.

Use	of	Estimates	in	the	Preparation	of	Financial	Statements	

The	preparation	of	financial	statements	in	conformity	with	
accounting	principles	generally	accepted	in	the	United	States	
of	America	requires	management	to	make	estimates	and	
assumptions	that	affect	the	reported	amounts	of	assets	and	
liabilities	and	disclosure	of	contingent	assets	and	liabilities	at	
the	date	of	the	financial	statements	and	the	reported	amounts	
of	revenues	and	expenses	during	the	reporting	period.	Actual	
results	could	differ	from	those	estimates.

Recently	Issued	Accounting	Standards	

In	December	2004,	the	Financial	Accounting	Standards	Board	
(“FASB”)	issued	a	revision	to	SFAS	No.	123R	(Revised),	“Share-
Based Payment”	(“SFAS	No.	123R”).	This	Statement	addresses	
the	accounting	for	share-based	payment	transactions	in	which	
a	company	receives	employee	services	in	exchange	for	either	
equity	instruments	of	the	company	or	liabilities	that	are	based	
on	the	fair	value	of	the	company’s	equity	instruments	or	that	
may	be	settled	by	the	issuance	of	such	equity	instruments.	
SFAS	No.	123R	eliminates	the	ability	to	account	for	share-
based	compensation	transactions	using	the	intrinsic	method	
that	is	currently	used	and	requires	that	such	transactions	be	

56 

 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
accounted	for	using	a	fair	value-based	method	and	recognized	
as	expense	in	the	Consolidated	Statement	of	Income.	This	
Statement	replaces	SFAS	No.	123,	“Accounting for Stock-Based 
Compensation,”	and	supersedes	Accounting	Principles	Board	
(“APB”)	Opinion	No.	25,	“Accounting for Stock Issued to 
Employees.”	In	addition,	this	Statement	amends	SFAS	No.	95,	
“Statement of Cash Flows,”	to	require	that	excess	tax	benefits	be	
reported	as	a	financing	cash	inflow	rather	than	as	a	reduction	
of	taxes	paid.	This	Statement	is	effective	for	Hanmi	Financial	
as	of	January	1, 2006.	We	have	elected	to	use	the	modified	
prospective	method	to	adopt	SFAS	No.	123R.

As	a	result	of	the	adoption	of	SFAS	No.	123R,	we	estimate	
that	we	will	recognize	additional	compensation	expense	of	
approximately	$894,000,	net	of	taxes,	or	$.02	per	diluted	
share,	for	the	full	year	2006.	Estimated	future	levels	of	com-
pensation	expense	recognized	related	to	stock	based	awards	
would	be	impacted	by	new	awards,	modifications	to	awards,	
or	 cancellation	 of	 awards	 after	 the	 adoption	 of	 SFAS	
No.	123R.

In	February	2006,	the	FASB	issued	SFAS	No.	155,	“Accounting 
for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments, an amendment of FASB 
Statements No. 133 and SFAS No. 140”	(“SFAS	No.	155”).	This	
Statement:

•	 permits	fair	value	remeasurement	for	any	hybrid	financial	
instrument	that	contains	an	embedded	derivative	that	oth-
erwise	would	require	bifurcation;

•	 clarifies	which	interest-only	strips	and	principal-only	

strips	are	not	subject	to	SFAS	No.	133;

•	 establishes	a	requirement	to	evaluate	interests	in	securi-
tized	financial	assets	to	identify	interests	that	are	free-
standing	derivatives	or	hybrid	financial	instruments	that	
contain	an	embedded	derivative	requiring	bifurcation;

•	 clarifies	that	concentrations	of	credit	risks	in	the	form	of	

subordinations	are	not	embedded	derivatives;	and

•	 amends	SFAS	No.	140	to	eliminate	the	prohibition	on	a	

QSPE	from	holding	a	derivative	financial	instrument	that	
pertains	to	a	beneficial	interest	other	than	another	deriva-
tive	financial	instrument.

SFAS	No.	155	is	effective	for	all	financial	instruments	acquired	
or	issued	after	the	beginning	of	an	entity’s	first	fiscal	year	that	
begins	after	September	15, 2006.	Early	adoption	of	this	state-
ment	is	allowed.	We	have	not	determined	the	financial	impact	
of	the	adoption	of	SFAS	No.	155	or	whether	we	will	adopt	
SFAS	No.	155	in	2006.

In	May	2005,	the	FASB	issued	SFAS	No.	154,	“Accounting 
Changes  and  Error  Corrections.”	 SFAS	 No.	 154	 replaces	
Accounting	Principles	Board	(“APB”)	Opinion	No.	20,	
“Accounting Changes,”	and	FASB	Statement	No.	3,	“Reporting 
Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements (an Amendment 
of APB Opinion No. 28).”	SFAS	No.	154	provides	guidance	on	

5

the	accounting	for	and	reporting	of	accounting	changes	and	
error	corrections.	It	establishes	retrospective	application	as	
the	required	method	for	reporting	a	change	in	accounting	
principle.	SFAS	No.	154	provides	guidance	for	determining	
whether	retrospective	application	of	a	change	in	accounting	
principle	is	impracticable	and	for	reporting	a	change	when	
retrospective	application	is	impracticable.	The	reporting	of	a	
correction	of	an	error	by	restating	previously	issued	financial	
statements	is	also	addressed	by	SFAS	No.	154.	SFAS	No.	154	
is	effective	for	accounting	changes	and	corrections	of	errors	
made	in	fiscal	years	beginning	after	December	31, 2005.	We	
will	adopt	this	pronouncement	beginning	in	fiscal	year	2006.	
SFAS	No.	154	is	not	expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on	
our	financial	position	or	results	of	operations.

In	March	2004,	the	FASB	issued	Emerging	Issues	Task	Force	
(“EITF”)	Issue	No.	03-1,	“The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary 
Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments”	(“EITF	No.	
03-1”).	This	EITF	describes	a	model	involving	three	steps:	
(1)	determine	whether	an	investment	is	impaired;	(2)	deter-
mine	whether	the	impairment	is	other-than-temporary;	and	
(3)	recognize	any	impairment	loss	in	earnings.	The	EITF	also	
requires	several	additional	disclosures	for	cost-method	invest-
ments.	In	September	2004,	the	FASB	approved	the	deferral	of	
the	effective	date	for	EITF	No.	03-1	pending	reconsideration	
of	implementation	guidance	relating	to	debt	securities	that	are	
impaired	solely	due	to	market	interest	rate	fluctuation.	

On	November	3, 2005,	FASB	Staff	Position	(“FSP”)	FAS	Nos.	
115-1	and	124-1,	“The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment 
and Its Application to Certain Investments,”	was	issued.	This	FSP		
nullifies	certain	requirements	of	EITF	No.	03-1	and	supersedes	
EITF	Topic	No.	D-44,	“Recognition of Other-Than-Temporary 
Impairment upon the Planned Sale of a Security Whose Cost Exceeds Fair 
Value.”	This	FSP	nullified	the	requirements	of	paragraphs	10	to	18	
of	EITF	No.	03-1,	carried	forward	the	requirements	of	para-
graphs	8	and	9	of	EITF	No.	03-1	with	respect	to	cost-method	
investments,	and	carried	forward	the	disclosure	requirements	
included	in	paragraphs	21	and	22	of	EITF	No.	03-1	and	related	
examples.	The	guidance	in	this	FSP	is	applicable	to	reporting	peri-
ods	beginning	after	December	15, 2005.	Adoption	is	not	
expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on	our	financial	position,	
results	of	operations	or	related	disclosures.

In	December	2003,	the	American	Institute	of	Certified	Public	
Accountants	(“AICPA”)	released	Statement	of	Position	03-3,	
“Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a 
Transfer”	(“SOP	03-3”).	SOP	03-3	addresses	accounting	for		
differences	between	contractual	cash	flows	and	cash	flows	
expected	to	be	collected	from	an	investor’s	initial	investment	
in	loans	or	debt	securities	acquired	in	a	transfer	if	those		
differences	are	attributable	to	credit	quality.	SOP	03-3	is		
effective	for	loans	acquired	in	fiscal	years	beginning	after	
December	15, 2004.	Adoption	in	2005	did	not	have	a	material	
impact	on	our	financial	position	or	results	of	operations.

Hanmi Financial
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

In	December	2004,	the	FASB	issued	SFAS	No.	153,	“Exchange 
of Non-Monetary Assets, an Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, 
‘Accounting for Non-Monetary Transactions’”	(“SFAS	No.	153”).	
SFAS	No.	153	is	based	on	the	principle	that	exchange	of	non-
monetary	assets	should	be	measured	based	on	the	fair	market	
value	of	the	assets	exchanged.	SFAS	No.	153	eliminates	the	
exception	for	non-monetary	exchanges	of	similar	productive	
assets	and	replaces	it	with	a	general	exception	for	exchanges	
of	 non-monetary	 assets	 that	 do	 not	 have	 commercial		
substance.	SFAS	No.	153	is	effective	for	non-monetary	asset	
exchanges	in	fiscal	periods	beginning	after	June	15,	2005.	
Adoption	is	not	expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on	our	
financial	position	or	results	of	operations.

Reclassifications

Certain	reclassifications	were	made	to	the	prior	year’s	presen-
tation	to	conform	to	the	current	year’s	presentation.

Note 2 – Business Combination

On	April	30, 2004,	we	completed	our	acquisition	of	PUB	and	
merged	PUB	with	Hanmi	Bank.	We	paid	$164.6	million	in	cash	
to	acquire	5,537,431	of	the	PUB	shares	owned	by	Korea	
Exchange	Bank.	All	of	the	remaining	PUB	shares	were		
converted	in	the	acquisition	into	shares	of	Hanmi	Financial’s	
common	stock	based	on	an	exchange	ratio	of	2.312	Hanmi	
Financial	shares	for	each	PUB	share.

In	addition,	all	outstanding	PUB	employee	stock	options	were	
converted	into	137,414	options	to	purchase	Hanmi	Financial	
stock	valued	at	$1.1	million	in	total.	Based	on	Hanmi	
Financial’s	average	price	of	$12.53	for	the	five-day	trading	
period	from	April	28	through	May	4, 2004,	the	total	consider-
ation	paid	for	PUB	was	$324.6	million	and	resulted	in	the	
recognition	of	goodwill	aggregating	$207.2	million.

Purchase	Price	and	Acquisition	Costs

The	purchase	price	was	as	follows:

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Prices)

Common Stock:

	 Number	of	shares	of	PUB	stock	outstanding	as	of	April	30, 2004	
	 Less	shares	acquired	for	cash	
	 Number	of	shares	of	PUB	stock	to	be	exchange	for	Hanmi	stock	
	 Exchange	ratio	

	 Stock	issued	in	PUB	acquisition	

	 Multiplied	by	Hanmi	Financial’s	average	stock	price	for	the	period	two	days	before	
through	two	days	after	the	April	29, 2004	pricing	of	the	merger	agreement	

Stock Options:

	 Estimated	fair	value	of	3,44	Hanmi	Financial	stock	options	to	be	issued	in	
	 Exchange	for	59,443	PUB	outstanding	stock	options,	calculated	using	the	
	 Black-Scholes	option	pricing	model,	modified	for	dividends,	with	model	
	 assumptions	estimated	as	of	April	30, 2004	and	a	Hanmi	Financial	stock	price	
	 of	$2.53,	the	average	stock	price	for	the	period	two	days	before	through	

two	days	after	the	April	29, 2004	pricing	of	the	merger	agreement	

Cash		

Transaction Costs:

	 Cash		
	 Stock	warrants	
Total	purchase	price	

0,90,2
(5,53,43)
5,3,390
2.32
2,4,654

$ 
$ 

2.53
55,606

,063
64,562

3,320
45
324,696

$ 

5 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
The	purchase	price	was	allocated	based	on	the	fair	values	of	
the	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	assumed:

(In Thousands)

Book	value	of	net	assets	acquired	
Adjustments:

	 Adjustment	to	record	acquired	securities	at	estimated	fair	value	
	 Adjustment	to	record	acquired	loans	at	estimated	fair	value	
	 Adjustment	to	record	acquired	fixed	assets	at	estimated	fair	value	
	 Adjustment	to	record	core	deposit	intangible	asset	
	 Adjustment	to	record	various	other	assets	at	estimated	fair	value	
	 Adjustment	to	record	interest-bearing	deposits	at	fair	value	
	 Adjustment	to	record	other	borrowings	at	fair	value	
	 Adjustment	to	record	severance	benefits	associated	with	the	elimination	of	positions,	termination	of	

	 certain	contractual	obligations	of	PUB	and	other	miscellaneous	adjustments	

	 Adjustment	to	record	deferred	tax	liability	
	 Adjustment	to	record	goodwill	associated	with	the	acquisition	of	PUB	

Total	purchase	price	

$ 

0,63

(,49)
36
5,459
3,3
5
(264)
(9)

(,)
(,94)
20,22
324,696

$ 

As	of	December	31, 2005,	the	carrying	amount	of	goodwill	
from	the	PUB	acquisition	was	$207.2	million	compared	to	
$207.8	million	at	December	31, 2004,	a	decrease	of	$585,000.	
The	decrease	was	due	to	adjustments	based	on	the	final	valu-
ation	of	net	assets	acquired.

impairment	of	fixed	assets	(primarily	leasehold	improvements)	
associated	with	such	branches.	Of	the	$2,053,000	provided	in	
2004,	$767,000	and	$777,000	was	utilized	and	charged	against	
the	related	liability	in	2005	and	2004,	respectively.	The	remain-
ing	balance	of	$509,000	was	reversed	in	2005.

The	fair	value	of	PUB	net	assets	acquired	was	as	follows:

(In Thousands)

Assets:

	 Cash	and	due	from	banks	
	 Federal	fund	sold	
	 Federal	home	loan	bank	stock	
	 Securities	available	for	sale	
	 Loans	receivable,	net	of	allowance	

for	loan	losses	
	 Premises	and	equipment	
	 Accrued	interest	receivable	
	 Goodwill	 	
	 Core	deposit	intangible	
	 Other	assets	

	 Total	assets	

Liabilities: 

	 Deposits	 	
	 Borrowings	
	 Other	liabilities	

	 Total	liabilities	

Net	assets	acquired	

$ 

2,43
6,900
6,256
5,905

65,43
,66
3,49
20,22
3,3
2,
$  ,32,05

$ 

936,699
05,9
5,52
$  ,05,009

$  324,696

The	core	deposit	intangible	is	being	amortized	using	an		
accelerated	method	over	eight	years.	None	of	the	goodwill	bal-
ance	is	expected	to	be	deductible	for	income	tax	purposes.

Merger-related	costs	recognized	as	expenses	during	2004		
consisted	of	employee	retention	bonuses,	the	costs	of	vacating	
duplicative	branches	within	the	existing	network	and	the	

59

Certain	costs	(primarily	PUB	employee	severance,	data	pro-
cessing	contract	termination	costs,	and	the	costs	of	vacating	
duplicative	branches	within	PUB’s	network)	were	recognized	
as	liabilities	assumed	in	the	business	combination	or	impair-
ments	 of	 fixed	 assets	 associated	 with	 such	 branches.	
Accordingly,	they	have	been	considered	part	of	the	purchase	
price	of	PUB	and	recorded	as	an	increase	in	the	balance	of	
goodwill.	Of	the	$4,515,000	provided,	$834,000	and	
$2,444,000	was	utilized	and	charged	against	the	related	liability	
in	2005	and	2004,	respectively,	and	$1,142,000	was	reversed	in	
2005.	The	remaining	balance	of	$95,000	is	related	to	certain	
lease	commitments	that	may	continue	into	2009.

We	incurred	the	following	merger-related	costs	for	the	years	
ended	December	31, 2005	and	2004:

(In Thousands) 

Merger-related	costs	–	2005:

Expensed 
(Credited) 

Included in
Cost of
Acquisition

	 Reversal	of	merger-related	costs	
	 Total	merger-related		

	 costs	–	2005	

$	

$	

(509)	 $	 (,42)

(509)	 $	 (,42)

Merger-related	costs	–	2004:

	 Employee	termination	costs	
	 Contract	termination	costs	
	 Leasehold	termination	costs	
	 Asset	impairments	

	 Total	merger-related	

	 costs	–	2004	

$  ,364 
–	
34 
34	

$  ,425
,2
,262
–

$  2,053 

$  4,55	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Hanmi Financial
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 3 – Securities Purchased Under Agreements  
to Resell

The	following	is	a	summary	of	the	securities	purchased	under	
agreements	to	resell	at	December	31, 2005	and	2004:

We	purchase	government	agency	securities	and/or	whole	
loans	under	agreements	to	resell	the	same	securities	(reverse	
repurchase	agreements)	with	primary	dealers.	Amounts	
advanced	under	these	agreements	represent	cash	and	cash	
equivalents.	Securities	subject	to	the	reverse	repurchase	
agreements	are	held	in	the	name	of	Hanmi	Financial	by	deal-
ers	who	arrange	the	transactions.	In	the	event	that	the	fair	
value	of	the	securities	decreases	below	the	carrying	amount	of	
the	related	reverse	repurchase	agreement,	the	counterparties	
are	required	to	designate	an	equivalent	value	of	additional	
securities	in	the	name	of	Hanmi	Financial.

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Balance	at	year-end	
Average	balance	outstanding	
	 during	the	year	
Maximum	amount	outstanding	at	any	
	 month-end	during	the	year	 	
Weighted-average	interest	rate	
	 during	the	year	

Note 4 – Securities

  December 31,

2005 

2004

$  20,000 

$  0,000

$  3,3 

$ 

55

$  25,000 

$  0,000

	 3.3%	

	 2.33%

The	 following	 is	 a	 summary	 of	 the	 securities	 held	 to	
maturity:

Note 4 – Securities

The	following	is	a	summary	of	the	securities	held	to	
maturity:

(In Thousands) 

December 31, 2005:

	 Municipal	bonds	
	 Mortgage-backed	securities	

December 31, 2004:

	 Municipal	bonds	
	 Mortgage-backed	securities	

The	following	is	a	summary	of	securities	available	for	sale:

(In Thousands) 

December 31, 2005:

	 Mortgage-backed	securities	
	 U.S.	Government	agencies	
	 Collateralized	mortgage	obligations	
	 Municipal	bonds	
	 Corporate	bonds	
	 Other	 	

December 31, 2004:

	 Mortgage-backed	securities	
	 U.S.	Government	agencies	
	 Collateralized	mortgage	obligations	
	 Municipal	bonds	
	 Corporate	bonds	
	 Other	 	

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized Gain 

Gross 
Unrealized Loss 

Estimated
Fair Value

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

692 
35	
,049 

69 
399	
,090 

$ 

$ 

$	

$ 

– 
2	
2 

–	
3	
3 

$ 

$	

$	

$	

– 
–	
–	

–	
–	
–	

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

692
359
,05

69
402
,093

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized Gain 

Gross 
Unrealized Loss 

Estimated
Fair Value

$  49,3 
	 29,59 
3,06 
,536 
,235	
4,999 
$  446,3 

$  4,06 
9,345 
93,2 
, 
,30 
4,43 
$  45, 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

44 
– 
3 
,5 
–	
56 
2,06 

,04 
3 
236 
,93 
6 
34 
3,69 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2, 
,6 
,65 
4 
2 
02 
5,936 

546 
49 
69 
93 
2 
3 
,60 

$  4,26
  2,3
,456
3,220
,053
5,053
$  442,63

$  49,4
9,6
92,539
3,66
,444
4,433
$  4,3

60 

 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
The	amortized	cost	and	estimated	fair	value	of	investment	
securities	at	December	3, 2005,	by	contractual	maturity,	are	
shown	below.	Although	mortgage-backed	securities	and		
collateralized	mortgage	obligations	have	contractual	maturities	

through	2035,	expected	maturities	may	differ	from	contrac-
tual	maturities	because	borrowers	may	have	the	right	to	call	
or	prepay	obligations	with	or	without	call	or	prepayment	
penalties.

(In Thousands) 

Within	one	year	
Over	one	year	through	five	years	
Over	five	years	through	ten	years	
Over	ten	years	 	

Mortgage-backed	securities	
Collateralized	mortgage	obligations	

Available for Sale 

Held to Maturity

Amortized 
Cost 
$  5,245 
	 29,260 
,29 
62,55 
	 24,359 
	 49,3 
3,06 
	 232,39 
$  446,3 

Estimated 
Fair Value 
$  5,205 
  2,392	
,39 
64,45	
  24,39 
  4,26 
,456 
  22,24 
$  442,63 

Amortized 
Cost 

Estimated
Fair Value

$	

$ 

–	
–	
692 
–	
692 
35 
–	
35 
,049 

$	

$ 

–
–
692
–
692
359
–
359
,05

Gross	unrealized	losses	on	investment	securities	and	the	fair	value	
of	the	related	securities,	aggregated	by	investment	category	and	

length	of	time	that	individual	securities	have	been	in	a	continuous	
unrealized	loss	position,	were	as	follows	as	of	December	31, 
2005 and	2004:

(In Thousands) 

Available for Sale – December 31, 2005:
	 Mortgage-backed	securities	
	 U.S.	Government	agency	securities	
	 Collateralized	mortgage	obligations	
	 Municipal	bonds	
	 Corporate	bonds	
	 Other	 	

Available for Sale – December 31, 2004:
	 Mortgage-backed	securities	
	 U.S.	Government	agency	securities	
	 Collateralized	mortgage	obligations	
	 Municipal	bonds	
	 Corporate	bonds	
	 Other	 	

Less than 12 Months 

Holding Period
12 Months or More 

Total

Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated
Fair Value

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

922 
,62 
33 
3 
06 
2 
3,45 

35 
264 
49 
–	
2 
–	
460 

$  ,9 
  2,93 
29,2 
4,26 
5,02 
99 
$  23,30 

$  22,4 
3,0 
4,3	
–	
3,03 
–	
$  54,53 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

,265 
94 
,232 
43 
6 
 
2,9 

4 
605 
–	
93 
– 
3 
,4 

$  40,364 
9,2 
42,9 
2,353 
2,95 
,99 
$  00,45 

$  3,42 
39,24 
–	
3,5 
– 
,962 
$  2,99 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2, 
,6 
,65 
4 
2 
02 
5,936 

546 
69 
49 
93 
2 
3 
,60 

$  9,255
  22,3
2,269
6,49
,053
2,9
$  33,6

$  60,5
53,604
4,3
3,5
3,03
,962
$  3,502

All	individual	securities	that	have	been	in	a	continuous	unreal-
ized	loss	position	for	12	months	or	longer	at	December	31,	
2005	and	2004	had	investment	grade	ratings	upon	purchase.	
The	issuers	of	these	securities	have	not,	to	our	knowledge,	
established	any	cause	for	default	on	these	securities	and	the	
various	rating	agencies	have	reaffirmed	these	securities’	long-
term	investment	grade	status	at	December	31, 2005	and	2004.	

These	securities	have	fluctuated	in	value	since	their	purchase	
dates	as	market	interest	rates	have	fluctuated.	However,	we	have	
the	ability,	and	management	intends	to	hold	these	securities	
until	their	fair	values	recover	to	cost.	Therefore,	in	manage-
ment’s	opinion,	all	securities	that	have	been	in	a	continuous	
unrealized	loss	position	for	the	past	12	months	or	longer	as	of	
December	31, 2005	and	2004	are	not	other-than-temporarily	
impaired,	and	therefore,	no	impairment	charges	as	of	December	
31, 2005	and	2004	are	warranted.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Hanmi Financial
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Securities	with	carrying	values	of	$279.7	million	and	$307.5	
million	as	of	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	respectively,	were	
pledged	to	secure	public	deposits	and	for	other	purposes	as	
required	or	permitted	by	law.

There	were	$117,000,	$134,000	and	$1,094,000	in	net	real-
ized	gains	on	sales	of	securities	available	for	sale	during	the	years	
ended	December	31, 2005,	2004	and	2003,	respectively.	In	
2005,	$3.6	million	($2.6	million,	net	of	tax)	of	unrealized	
losses	arose	during	the	year	and	were	included	in	comprehen-
sive	income	and	$114,000	($83,000,	net	of	tax)	of	previously	
unrealized	gains	were	realized	in	earnings.	In	2004,	$983,000	
($713,000,	net	of	tax)	of	unrealized	losses	arose	during	the	
year	and	were	included	in	comprehensive	income	and	$167,000	
($122,000,	net	of	tax)	of	previously	unrealized	losses	were	
realized	in	earnings.	In	2003,	$1.8	million	($1.3	million,	net	of	
tax)	of	unrealized	losses	arose	during	the	year	and	were	included	
in	comprehensive	income	and	$1.1	million	($692,000,	net	of	
tax)	of	previously	unrealized	gains	were	realized	in	earnings.

Note 5 – Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans	receivable	consisted	of	the	following	at	December	31:

(In Thousands) 

Real Estate Loans:

	 Commercial	property	
	 Construction	
	 Residential	property	
	 Total	real	

	 estate	loans	

Commercial and 

Industrial Loans:
	 Commercial	term	loans	
	 Commercial	lines	

	 of	credit	
	 SBA	loans		

International	loans	

	 Total	commercial	

loans	

Consumer Loans		

	 Total	gross	loans	
Allowance	for	loans	losses	
Deferred	loan	fees	

	 Loans	receivable,	net	

2005 

2004

 $  33,650 
52,00 
,3 

$  3,539
92,52
0,6

93,0 

956,46

945,20 

54,0

224,2 
55,49 
06,520 

20,940
62,435
95,936

	 ,43,492 
92,54 
	 2,496,53 
(24,963)	
(3,5)	
$  2,46,05 

  ,24,49
,526
  2,25,9
(22,02)
(5,09)
$ 2,230,992

Activity	in	the	allowance	for	loan	losses	and	allowance	for	off-	
balance	sheet	items	was	as	follows:

As of and for the Years Ended December 31,

2005	

Allowance 
for Off- 
Balance 
Sheet 
Items 

Allowance 
for Loan 
Losses 

2004	

Allowance 
for Off- 
Balance 
Sheet 
Items 

Allowance 
for Loan 
Losses 

Total 

2003

Allowance
for Off-
Balance
Sheet
Items 

Total

Allowance 
for Loan 
Losses 

Total 

$  22,02  $ 

,00  $  24,502  $  3,349  $ 

,35  $  4,34  $  ,254  $ 

,05  $  2,269

–	

5,065 
(5,9)	

–	

330 
–	

–	

0,566	

–	

0,566	

–	

5,395 
(5,9)	

2,492 
(5,45)	

45 
–	

2,90 
(5,45)	

5,30 
(4,423)	

–	

30 
–	

–

5,60
(4,423)

2,394	

–	

2,394 

,0	

–	

,0 

,20 

–	

,20

$  24,963  $ 

2,30  $  2,093  $  22,02  $ 

,00  $  24,502  $  3,349  $ 

,35  $  4,34

(In Thousands) 

Balance	–	beginning	
	 of	year	 	
Allowance	for	loan
losses	acquired	in
	 PUB	acquisition	
Provision	charged	to
	 operating	expense	
Loans	charged	off	
Recoveries,	net	of	
	 charge-offs	
Balance	–	end	
	 of	year	 	

62 

	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
The	following	is	a	summary	of	interest	foregone	on	impaired	
loans	for	the	years	ended	December	31:

(In Thousands) 

2005 

2004	

2003

Servicing	Assets

Changes	in	loan	servicing	rights,	net	of	amortization,	were	as	
follows:

(In Thousands) 

Balance	–	beginning	of	year	
Additions		
Amortization	

	 Balance	–	end	of	year	

December 31,

2005 

2004

$  3,46 
,50 
(,06)	
$  3,90 

$  2,364
2,2
(690)
$  3,46

At	December	31, 2005 and	2004,	we	serviced	loans	sold	to	
unaffiliated	parties	in	the	amounts	of	$183.4	million	and	
$173.7	million,	respectively.	All	of	the	loans	being	serviced	
were	SBA	loans.

Note 6 – Premises and Equipment

The	following	is	a	summary	of	the	major	components	of	
premises	and	equipment:

(In Thousands) 

Land		
Buildings	and	improvements	
Furniture	and	equipment	
Leasehold	improvements	
Software	 	

Accumulated	depreciation	
	 and	amortization	

	 Total	premises	and	equipment,	net	

December 31,

2005 

2004

$  6,20 
,04 
	 2,095 
,924 
3	
	 34,330 

$  6,20
,354
  ,6
,45
–
  32,435

	 (3,546)	
$  20,4 

	 (2,44)
$  9,69

Depreciation	and	amortization	expense	totaled	$2,704,000,	
$2,447,000	and	$1,558,000	for	the	years	ended	December	31, 
2005, 2004	and	2003,	respectively.

Note 7 – Deposits

Time	deposits	by	maturity	were	as	follows:

(In Thousands) 

December 31,

2005 

2004

Less	than	three	months	
After	three	months	to	six	months	
After	six	months	to	twelve	months	
After	twelve	months	

	 Total	time	deposits	

$  0,40 
	 34,5 
40,69 
6, 
$  ,439,5 

$  534,394
29,34
4,54
33,624
$  ,03,00

For	time	deposits	having	a	remaining	term	of	more	than	one	
year,	the	aggregate	amount	of	maturities	for	each	of	the	five	
years	following	the	balance	sheet	date	are	as	follows:	none	in	
2006;	$7,027,000	in	2007;	$1,040,000	in	2008;	$9,350,000	in	
2009;	and	$55,000	in	2010.

Interest	income	that	would	
	 have	been	recognized	
	 had	impaired	loans	
	 performed	in	accordance	
	 with	their	original	terms	
Less:	interest	income	
recognized	on	
impaired	loans	

Interest	foregone	on	
impaired	loans	

$ 

95 

$ 

6 

$ 

362

(603)	

(350)	

(204)

$ 

354 

$ 

32 

$ 

5

The	following	table	provides	information	on	impaired	loans	
for	the	periods	indicated:

As of and for the
Years Ended December 31,

(In Thousands) 

2005 

2004	

2003

Recorded	investment	with	

related	allowance	

$  ,54 

$  4,39 

$  5,93

Recorded	investment	with	
	 no	related	allowance	
Allowance	on	impaired	loans	

	 Net	recorded	

investment	in	
impaired	loans	

	 Average	total	recorded	
investment	in	
impaired	loans	

3,235 
(4,99)	

3,262 
(3,039)	

392
(2,92)

$  5,92 

$  4,64 

$  3,33

$  4,340 

$  9,50 

$  6,400

There	were	no	commitments	to	lend	additional	funds	to		
borrowers	whose	loans	are	included	above.

Loans	on	non-accrual	status	totaled	$10.1	million	and	$5.8	
million	at	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	respectively.	Loans	
past	due	90	days	or	more	and	still	accruing	interest	totaled	
$9,000	and	$208,000	at	December	31, 2005	and	2004,		
respectively.	Restructured	loans	totaled	$4.0	million	and	$2.6	
million	at	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	respectively.

The	following	is	an	analysis	of	all	loans	to	officers	and	direc-
tors	of	Hanmi	Financial	and	their	affiliates.	In	the	opinion	of	
management,	all	such	loans	were	made	under	terms	that	are	
consistent	with	our	normal	lending	policies.

(In Thousands) 

December 31,

2005 

2004

Outstanding	balance,	beginning	of	year	
Credit	granted,	including	renewals	
Repayments	 	
	 Outstanding	balance,	end	of	year	

$  ,552 
–	
(02)	
50 

$ 

$ 

5
95
(24)
$  ,552

Income	from	these	loans	totaled	$,000,	$0,000	and	$53,000	
for	the	years	ended	December	3, 2005, 2004	and	2003,	respec-
tively,	and	is	reflected	in	the	accompanying	Consolidated	
Statements	of	Income.

63

 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
	
Hanmi Financial
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

A	summary	of	interest	expense	on	deposits	was	as	follows	for	
the	years	ended	December	31, 2005,	2004	and	2003:

(In Thousands) 

2005 

2004	

2003

Money	market	checking	
Savings		
Time	deposits	of	$00,000	
	 or	more	
Other	time	deposits	

	 Total	interest	expense	

$  2,964 
2,30 

$  ,09 
,90 

$  2,54
,94

	 3,94 
,4 

  0,966 
5,44 

,45
,354

	 on	deposits	

$  54,92 

$  26,26 

$  9,24

Total	deposits	reclassified	to	loans	due	to	overdraft	at	
December	31, 2005	and	2004	were	$3.7	million	and	$3.0		
million,	respectively.

Note 8 – Other Borrowed Funds

Other	borrowed	funds	consisted	of	the	following:

(In Thousands) 

FHLB	advances		
Note	issued	to	U.S.	Treasury	

	 Total	other	borrowed	funds	

December 31,

2005 

2004

$  43,52 
2,04 
$  46,33 

$  66,363
2,930
$  69,293

FHLB	advances	represent	collateralized	obligations	with	the	
FHLB	of	San	Francisco.	A	summary	of	contractual	maturities	
follows:

(In Thousands) 
Year 

2006		
200  
200 	
2009  
200  
Thereafter	

Interest
Rate

  3.56%
  3.5%

–

  5.63%
  4.44%
  5.2%

Amount 

$  5,000 
  20,000 
–	
6,000 
,4 
5,6 
$  43,52

We	have	pledged	investment	securities	available	for	sale	with	
a	carrying	value	of	$279.7	million	as	collateral	with	the	FHLB	
for	this	borrowing	facility.	The	total	borrowing	capacity	avail-
able	from	the	collateral	that	has	been	pledged	is	$1,062.3	
million,	of	which	$782.6	million	remained	available	as	of	
December	31, 2005.

For	the	years	ended	December	31, 2005, 2004	and	2003,	
interest	expense	on	other	borrowed	funds	totaled	$3.0	million,	
$3.3	million	and	$1.5	million,	respectively,	and	the	weighted-
average	interest	rates	were	3.36	percent,	2.14	percent	and	
2.45	percent,	respectively.

In	2005,	we	obtained	additional	lines	of	credit	totaling	$69.0	
million.	Total	credit	lines	for	borrowing	amounted	to	$154.0	
million	at	December	31, 2005.	As	of	December	31, 2005	and	
2004,	there	were	no	borrowings	under	these	credit	lines.

Note 9 – Junior Subordinated Debentures

During	the	first	half	of	2004,	we	issued	two	junior	subordinated	
notes	bearing	interest	at	the	three-month	London	InterBank	
Offered	Rate	(“LIBOR”)	plus	2.90	percent	totaling	$61.8		
million	and	one	junior	subordinated	note	bearing	interest	at	the	
three-month	LIBOR	plus	2.63	percent	totaling	$20.6	million.	
The	outstanding	subordinated	debentures	related	to	these	offer-
ings,	the	proceeds	of	which	were	used	to	finance	the	purchase	
of	PUB,	totaled	$82.4	million	at	December	31, 2005.

For	the	years	ended	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	interest	
expense	on	the	junior	subordinated	debentures	totaled	$4.9	
million	and	$3.0	million,	respectively,	and	the	weighted-
average	interest	rates	were	5.94	percent	and	4.41	percent,	
respectively.

Note 10 – Income Taxes

A	summary	of	income	taxes	for	the	years	ended	December	
31, 2005, 2004	and	2003	follows:

Financial	data	pertaining	to	FHLB	advances	were	as	follows:

(Dollars in Thousands) 

2005 

2004	

2003

Years Ended December 31,

Weighted-average	interest	
rate	at	end	of	year	
Weighted-average	interest	
rate	during	the	year	

Average	balance	of	
	 FHLB	advances	
Maximum	amount	
	 outstanding	at	any	
	 month-end	

	 4.33%	

	 4.2%	

	 .65%

	 3.0%	

	 2.23%	

	 2.4%

$  4,43 

$ 3,2 

$  52,5

$ 00,00 

$ 26,000 

$ 4,400

All	of	the	FHLB	advances	had	fixed	interest	rates.

(In Thousands) 

Current:	

	 Federal		
	 State		

Deferred:

	 Federal		
	 State		

Income	taxes	

2005 

2004	

2003

$  29,9 
	 9,383 
	 39,162 

$  6,00 
  6,271 
  22,281 

$  0,52
  3,642
  14,494

(2,350)	
(357)	
(2,707)	

	 1,032	
(338)	
694	
$ 36,455  $ 22,975 

	 (1,732)
(337)
	 (2,069)
$ 12,425

64 

 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
As	of	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	the	Federal	and	state	
deferred	tax	assets	are	as	follows:

(In Thousands) 

Deferred	tax	assets:

	 Credit	loss	provision	
	 Depreciation	
	 State	taxes	
	 Unrealized	loss	on	securities	

	 available	for	sale,	interest-only	
strips	and	interest	rate	swaps	

	 Other	 	

	 Total	deferred	tax	assets	

Deferred	tax	liabilities:

	 Purchase	accounting	
	 Unrealized	gain	on	securities	

	 available	for	sale,	interest-only	
strips	and	interest	rate	swaps	

	 Other	 	

	 Total	deferred	tax	liabilities	
	 Net	deferred	tax	assets	

2005 

2004

$  2,49 
59 
2,92 

$  ,232
6
,45

,6	
59 
	 ,66 

–
42
  3,565

(6,49)	

(,022)

–	
(,520)	
(,0)	
$  9,65 

(44)
(90)
(,556)
$  5,009

Management	believes	that	it	is	more	likely	than	not	that	the	results	
of	future	operations	will	generate	sufficient	taxable	income	to	
realize	the	deferred	tax	assets,	net	of	the	valuation	allowance.

A	reconciliation	of	the	difference	between	the	Federal	statu-
tory	income	tax	rate	and	the	effective	tax	rate	as	of	December	
31	is	shown	in	the	following	table:

Statutory	tax	rate	
State	taxes,	net	of	federal	

tax	benefits	 	

Tax-exempt	
	 municipal	securities	
Reversal	of	valuation	
	 allowance		
Other	 	

	 Effective	tax	rate	

2005 

2004	

2003

	 35.0%	

	 35.0%	

	 35.0%

6.2%	

6.5%	

6.6%

(.2%)	

(.%)	

(.5%)

–	
(.5%)	
	 3.5%	

(0.%)	
(0.5%)	
	 3.5%	

–
(0.%)
	 39.3%

At	December	31, 2005,	net	current	taxes	payable	of	$2.3		
million	were	included	in	Other	Liabilities	in	the	Consolidated	
Statements	of	Financial	Condition.	At	December	31, 2004,	net	
current	taxes	receivable	of	$2.4	million	were	included	in	
Other	Assets	in	the	Consolidated	Statements	of	Financial	
Condition.

Note 11 – Shareholders’ Equity
Year	2000	Stock	Option	Plan

	The	Bank	adopted	a	Stock	Option	Plan	in	1992,	which	was	
replaced	by	the	Hanmi	Financial	Corporation	Year	2000	Stock	
Option	Plan	(the	“Plan”),	under	which	options	to	purchase	
shares	of	Hanmi	Financial	common	stock	may	be	granted	to	
key	employees	and	directors.	The	Plan	provides	that	the	option	
price	shall	not	be	less	than	the	fair	value	of	the	stock	on	the	
effective	date	of	the	grant.	Generally,	options	will	vest	over	
five	years.	No	option	may	be	granted	with	a	term	of	more	
than	ten	years.

The	following	is	a	summary	of	the	transactions	under	the	Plan	
described	above	for	the	periods	indicated:

2005 

2004	

2003

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price Per 
Share 

9.33 
.0 
–	
6.44	
3.26	
0.55 

.00 

$ 
$ 
$	
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price Per 
Share 

5.52 
3.5 
5.	
4.2	
9.6	
9.33 

6.0 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share

5.32
.5
–
4.53
6.99
5.52

5.26

Number of 
Shares 

  2,3,02 
0,000 
–	
(495,954)	
(220,994)	
  ,500,064 

655,54 

$ 
$ 
$	
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

Number of 
Shares 

  ,500,064 
9,000 
13,44 
(60,56)	
(39,066)	
  ,6,36 

4,242 

Number of 
Shares 

		 ,6,36 
35,554 
–	
(39,094)	
(9,54)	
	 ,3,2 

520,602 

Options	outstanding,	beginning	of	year	
Options	granted	
Options	assumed	in	PUB	acquisition	
Options	exercised	
Options	cancelled/expired	
Options	outstanding	–	end	of	year	

Options	exercisable	–	end	of	year	

65

 
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
Hanmi Financial
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As	of	December	31, 2005,	stock	options	outstanding	under	
the	Plan	were	as	follows:

Exercise Price Range  
$  3.2	to	 $  3.99	
$  4.00	to		$  .99	
$  .00	to		$ .99	
$ 2.00	to		$ 5.99	
$ 6.00	to		$ 9.0	

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price Per 
Share 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

3. 
.06 
0.44 
3.6 
.64 
0.55	

Number 
Outstanding 
2,602 
2,332 
3,624 
55,600 
5,554 
,3,2 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
4. years 
5.3 years 
0.4 years 
.3	years	
9.2 years	

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$	
$ 

3.
.0
0.44
3.5
–
.00

Number 
Outstanding 
2,602 
205,909 
3,624 
99,46 
–	
520,602 

2004	CEO	Stock	Option	Plan	

Note 12 – Regulatory Matters

The	Bank	adopted	the	2004	CEO	Stock	Option	Plan	(“CEO	
Plan”)	under	which	350,000	options	to	purchase	shares	of	
Hanmi	Financial	common	stock	were	granted	to	the	Chief	
Executive	Officer.	The	CEO	Plan	provided	that	the	option	
price	on	the	effective	date	of	the	grant	was	equal	to	the	fair	
value	of	the	stock,	which	was	$17.17.	The	options	will	vest	
over	six	years	and	expire	after	ten	years.

Stock	Warrants

In	2004,	we	issued	stock	warrants	to	affiliates	of	Castle	
Creek	Financial	LLC	for	services	rendered	in	connection	
with	the	placement	of	our	equity	securities.	Under	the	
terms	of	the	warrants,	the	warrant	holders	can	purchase	a	
total	of	508,558	shares	of	common	stock	at	an	exercise	
price	of	$9.50	per	share.	The	warrants	were	immediately	
exercisable	and	expire	after	five	years.	During	2005	and	
2004,	0	and	20,000	shares	of	common	stock,	respectively,	
were	issued	for	the	exercise	of	stock	warrants.

Repurchase	of	Common	Stock

On	August	25, 2005,	we	repurchased	1,163,000	shares	of	our	
common	stock	from	Korea	Exchange	Bank	for	an	aggregate	
purchase	price	of	$20.0	million	as	part	of	our	ongoing	capital	
management	program.	Repurchased	shares	are	held	in	treasury	
pending	use	for	general	corporate	purposes,	including	issuances	
under	our	employee	stock	option	plan.

Hanmi	Financial	and	the	Bank	are	subject	to	various	regulatory	
capital	requirements	administered	by	the	Federal	banking		
regulatory	agencies.	Failure	to	meet	minimum	capital	require-
ments	can	initiate	certain	mandatory	–	and	possibly	additional	
discretionary	–	actions	by	regulators	that,	if	undertaken,	could	
have	a	direct	material	effect	on	our	consolidated	financial	state-
ments.	Under	capital	adequacy	guidelines	and	the	regulatory	
framework	for	prompt	corrective	action,	Hanmi	Financial	and	the	
Bank	must	meet	specific	capital	guidelines	that	involve	quantita-
tive	measures	of	the	assets,	liabilities	and	certain	off-balance-sheet	
items	as	calculated	under	regulatory	accounting	practices.	The	
capital	amounts	and	classification	are	also	subject	to	qualitative	
judgments	by	the	regulators	about	components,	risk	weightings	
and	other	factors.

Quantitative	measures	established	by	regulation	to	ensure	
capital	adequacy	require	Hanmi	Financial	and	the	Bank	to	
maintain	minimum	ratios	(set	forth	in	the	table	below)	of	Total	
and	Tier	1	Capital	(as	defined	in	the	regulations)	to	Risk-
Weighted	Assets	(as	defined),	and	of	Tier	1	Capital	(as	defined)	
to	Average	Assets	(as	defined).	Management	believes	that,	as	
of	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	Hanmi	Financial	and	the	
Bank	met	all	capital	adequacy	requirements	to	which	they	
were	subject.

As	of	December	31, 2005,	the	most	recent	notification	from	
the	Federal	Reserve	Board	categorized	the	Bank	as	“well	
capitalized”	under	the	regulatory	framework	for	prompt	
corrective	action.	To	be	categorized	as	“well	capitalized,”	the	
Bank	must	maintain	minimum	Total	Risk-Based,	Tier	1	Risk-
Based,	and	Tier	1	Leverage	Ratios	as	set	forth	in	the	table	below.	
There	are	no	conditions	or	events	since	that	notification	which	
management	believes	have	changed	the	institution’s	category.

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
The	capital	ratios	of	Hanmi	Financial	and	Hanmi	Bank	at	
December	31, 2005	and	2004	were	as	follows:

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio

Actual  

Minimum Regulatory 
Requirement 

Minimum to Be Categorized as
“Well Capitalized”

December 31, 2005
Total	capital	(to	risk-weighted	assets):

	 Hanmi	Financial	
	 Hanmi	Bank	

Tier		capital	(to	risk-weighted	assets):

	 Hanmi	Financial	
	 Hanmi	Bank	

Tier		capital	(to	average	assets):

	 Hanmi	Financial	
	 Hanmi	Bank	

December 31, 2004
Total	capital	(to	risk-weighted	assets):

	 Hanmi	Financial	
	 Hanmi	Bank	

Tier		capital	(to	risk-weighted	assets):

	 Hanmi	Financial	
	 Hanmi	Bank	

Tier		capital	(to	average	assets):

	 Hanmi	Financial	
  Hanmi	Bank 

$  39,66 
$  3,099 

$  292,50 
$  290,93 

$  295,50 
$  290,93 

$  2,64 
2,05 
$ 

$  25,2 
$  252,53 

$  25,2 
$	 252,573	

2.04%	
.9%	

$  22,6 
$  22,33 

.03%	
0.96%	

$  06,9 
$  06,9 

9.%	
9.06%	

$ 
2,56 
$  2,44 

.9%	
.0%	

$  ,3 
$  ,92 

0.93%	
0.5%	

$ 
$ 

94,0 
93,960 

.93% 
8.78%	

$  5,235 
$  5,055 

.00%	
.00%	

4.00%	
4.00%	

4.00%	
4.00%	

.00%	
.00%	

4.00%	
4.00%	

4.00%	
4.00%	

N/A	
$  265,4 

N/A	
$  59,2 

N/A	
$  60,55 

N/A	
$  234,90 

N/A	
$  40,940 

N/A	
$  43, 

N/A
0.00%

N/A
6.00%

N/A
5.00%

N/A
0.00%

N/A
6.00%

N/A
5.00%

The	average	reserve	balance	required	to	be	maintained	with	
the	FRB	was	$1.5	million	as	of	December	31, 2005	and	2004.

Memorandum	of	Understanding

On	July	20, 2005,	following	a	joint	regular	examination	by	the	
FRB	and	the	DFI,	the	Bank’s	Board	of	Directors	approved	and	
signed	 an	 infor mal	 memorandum	 of	 understanding	
(“Memorandum”)	in	connection	with	certain	deficiencies	
identified	by	the	regulators	relating	to	the	Bank’s	compliance	
with	certain	provisions	of	the	Bank	Secrecy	Act	(the	“BSA”)	
and	anti-money	laundering	regulations.	Under	the	terms	of	
the	Memorandum,	the	Bank	must	comply	in	all	material	
respects	with	the	BSA	and	take	certain	actions	within	various	
timeframes.	The	Memorandum	requires	in	part	that	the	Bank	
enhance	its	written	programs	designed	to	ensure	and	maintain	
compliance	with	the	BSA	and	anti-money	laundering	regulations,	
improve	documentation	of	its	compliance	with	suspicious	activity	
reporting	provisions	of	applicable	regulations	and	provide	regular	
compliance	reports	to	the	regulators.	The	implementation	of	

these	programs	will	include	revisions	of	the	Bank’s	policies,		
processes	and	procedures,	enhancements	of	the	Bank’s	system	of	
internal	controls	for	BSA	compliance,	retention	of	and	support	
from	an	increased	compliance	staff	and	improved	ongoing	
employee	training.

Management	expects	additional	BSA	compliance	expenses	for	
the	Bank	resulting	from	the	Memorandum,	although	these	
expenses	are	not	anticipated	to	have	a	material	financial	impact	
on	our	financial	position	or	results	of	operations.	The	
Memorandum	may	also	affect	the	timing	or	ability	of	the	Bank	
or	Hanmi	Financial	to	engage	in	or	obtain	regulatory	approval	
for	certain	expansionary	activities.

In	January	2006,	the	FRB	completed	a	Target	Examination	of	
compliance	with	the	BSA.	Management	believes	we	have	made	
significant	progress	in	achieving	full	compliance	with	the	
terms	of	the	Memorandum.	In	March	2006,	the	DFI	and	FRB	
initiated	the	Bank’s	annual	joint	regular	examination	for	fiscal	
year	2005.	Management	cannot	predict	the	outcome	of	this	
examination	or	whether	the	Memorandum	will	be	lifted.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
 
	
 
 
Hanmi Financial
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Earnings Per Share

The	following	is	a	reconciliation	of	the	numerators	and	
denominators	of	the	basic	and	diluted	per	share	computations	
for	the	years	ended	December	31, 2005, 2004	and	2003:

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts) 

2005:

	 Basic	EPS	–	income	available	to	common	shareholders	
	 Effect	of	dilutive	securities	–	options	and	warrants	
	 Diluted	EPS	–	income	available	to	common	shareholders	

2004:

	 Basic	EPS	–	income	available	to	common	shareholders	
	 Effect	of	dilutive	securities	–	options	and	warrants	
	 Diluted	EPS	–	income	available	to	common	shareholders	

2003:

	 Basic	EPS	–	income	available	to	common	shareholders	
	 Effect	of	dilutive	securities	–	options	
	 Diluted	EPS	–	income	available	to	common	shareholders	

For	the	years	ended	December	31, 2005, 2004	and	2003,	there	
were	50,554, 354,000	and	0	options	outstanding,	respectively,	
that	were	not	included	in	the	computation	of	diluted	EPS	
because	their	exercise	price	was	greater	than	the	average	market	
price	of	the	common	shares	and,	therefore,	the	effect	would	be	
anti-dilutive.

Note 14 – Employee Benefits

We	have	a	Section	401(k)	plan	for	the	benefit	of	substantially	all	
of	our	employees.	We	match	75	percent	of	participant	contribu-
tions	to	the	401(k)	plan	up	to	8	percent	of	each	401(k)	plan	
participant’s	annual	compensation.	We	made	contributions	to	the	
401(k)	plan	for	the	years	ended	December	31,	2005, 2004	and	
2003	of	$918,000, $858,000	and	$553,000,	respectively.

In	2001	and	2004,	we	purchased	single	premium	life	insurance	
policies	called	bank-owned	life	insurance	covering	certain	
officers.	Hanmi	Bank	is	the	beneficiary	under	the	policy.	In	the	
event	of	the	death	of	a	covered	officer,	we	will	receive	the	
specified	insurance	benefit	from	the	insurance	carrier.

Note 15 – Derivative Financial Instruments

During	2004,	to	hedge	interest	rate	risk,	the	Bank	entered	
into	an	interest	rate	swap	agreement	maturing	in	2009,	
wherein	the	Bank	received	a	fixed	rate	of	7.29	percent	at	quar-
terly	intervals,	and	paid	Prime-based	floating	rates	at	quarterly	
intervals	on	a	total	notional	amount	of	$10.0	million.	During	
2003,	to	hedge	interest	rate	risk,	the	Bank	entered	into	four	
interest	rate	swap	agreements	maturing	in	2008,	wherein	the	
Bank	received	fixed	rates	of	5.77	percent,	6.37	percent,	6.51	
percent	and	6.76	percent,	at	quarterly	intervals,	and	paid	

Income 
(Numerator) 

Weighted-
Average Shares 
(Denominator) 

Per Share
Amount

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5,229 
–	
5,229 

36,00 
–	
36,00 

9,23 
–	
9,23 

49,4,5 
6,4	
49,942,356 

42,26,964 
,24,293 
43,5,25 

2,092,0 
569,3 
2,662,026 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

.
(0.0)
.

0.
(0.03)
0.4

0.6
(0.0)
0.6

Prime-based	floating	rates,	at	quarterly	intervals,	on	a	total	
notional	amount	of	$60.0	million.	These	swaps	were	desig-
nated	as	cash	flow	hedges	for	accounting	purposes.

In	2005,	the	Bank	terminated	these	swaps.	At	such	time,	the	
swaps	were	in	an	unfavorable	position	of	$2,139,000.	Such	
amount	is	being	amortized	in	amounts	proportional	to	the	
interest	income	associated	with	the	hedged	loan	pools	over	
the	remaining	terms	of	the	swaps	or	the	lives	of	the	hedged	
loans,	whichever	is	shorter.	Prior	to	the	termination	of	the	
swaps,	income	of	$0, $19,000	and	$35,000	related	to	hedge	
ineffectiveness	was	recognized	for	the	years	ended	December	
31, 2005, 2004	and	2003,	respectively.

In	2004,	the	Bank	offered	a	certificate	of	deposit	(“CD”)	prod-
uct	that	paid	interest	tied	to	the	movement	in	the	Standard	&	
Poor’s	500	Index	plus	1.00	percent	annual	interest.	The	eco-
nomic	characteristics	and	risks	of	the	embedded	option	were	
not	clearly	and	closely	related	to	the	CD.	Therefore,	the	
embedded	option	was	separated	from	the	CD	and	accounted	
for	separately	in	liabilities.	As	of	December	31, 2005	and	2004,	
the	fair	value	of	the	embedded	option	was	$1,280,000	and	
$1,396,000,	respectively,	and	the	change	in	the	liability	during	
2005	and	2004	was	($4,000)	and	$242,000,	respectively.	The	
change	was	recognized	in	earnings.

To	economically	hedge	the	interest	risk	described	above,	the	
Bank	entered	into	an	agreement	to	purchase	an	equity	swap	
with	a	notional	amount	of	$9,340,000.	As	of	December	31, 
2005	and	2004,	the	fair	value	of	the	equity	swap	was	$4,000	
and	$212,000,	respectively,	which	was	also	equal	to	the	change	
during	those	years.	The	change	was	recognized	in	earnings.

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
In	2005,	the	Bank	offered	a	CD	product	that	pays	interest	based	
on	the	increase	in	the	weighted-average	value	of	five	Asian	cur-
rencies	(Korean	Won,	Singapore	Dollar,	Taiwan	Dollar,	Thai	Baht	
and	Chinese	Yuan)	against	the	U.S.	Dollar	plus	0.25	percent	
annual	interest.	The	economic	characteristics	and	risks	of	the	
embedded	option	were	not	clearly	and	closely	related	to	the	
CD.	Therefore,	the	embedded	option	was	separated	from	the	
CD	and	accounted	for	separately	in	liabilities.	As	of	December	
31, 2005,	the	fair	value	of	the	embedded	option	was	$5,000,	
and	the	change	in	the	liability	during	2005	was	($19,000).	The	
change	was	recognized	in	earnings.

To	economically	hedge	the	interest	risk	described	above,	the	
Bank	entered	into	an	agreement	to	purchase	a	currency	swap	
with	a	notional	amount	of	$14,274,000.	As	of	December	31, 
2005,	the	fair	value	of	the	currency	swap	was	($105,000),	and	
the	change	recognized	in	earnings	for	2005	was	$119,000.

Note 16 – Commitments and Contingencies

We	lease	our	premises	under	non-cancelable	operating	leases.	
At	December	31, 2005,	future	minimum	annual	rental	com-
mitments	under	these	non-cancelable	operating	leases,	with	
initial	or	remaining	terms	of	one	year	or	more,	is	as	follows:

Note 17 – Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

We	are	a	party	to	financial	instruments	with	off-balance	sheet	
risk	in	the	normal	course	of	business	to	meet	the	financing	
needs	of	our	customers.	These	financial	instruments	include	
commitments	to	extend	credit	and	standby	letters	of	credit.	
These	instruments	involve,	to	varying	degrees,	elements	of	
credit	and	interest	rate	risk	in	excess	of	the	amount	recog-
nized	in	the	Consolidated	Statements	of	Financial	Condition.	
The	Bank’s	exposure	to	credit	losses	in	the	event	of	non-per-
formance	by	the	other	party	to	commitments	to	extend	credit	
and	standby	letters	of	credit	is	represented	by	the	contractual	
notional	amount	of	those	instruments.	The	Bank	uses	the	same	
credit	policies	in	making	commitments	and	conditional	obliga-
tions	as	it	does	for	extending	loan	facilities	to	customers.	The	
Bank	evaluates	each	customer’s	creditworthiness	on	a	case-by-
case	basis.	The	amount	of	collateral	obtained,	if	deemed	neces-
sary	by	the	Bank	upon	extension	of	credit,	is	based	on	man-
agement’s	credit	evaluation	of	the	counterparty.

Collateral	held	varies	but	may	include	accounts	receivable;	
inventory;	property,	plant	and	equipment;	and	income-pro-
ducing	or	borrower-occupied	properties.	The	following	table	
shows	the	distribution	of	undisbursed	loan	commitments	as	of	
the	dates	indicated:

(In Thousands)

Year Ending December 31,  

2006 
200 
200 
2009 
200 
Thereafter	

Amount

$  2,50
2,45
,99
,24
,3
5,44
$  4,45

(In Thousands) 

Commitments	to	extend	credit	
Commercial	letters	of	credit	
Standby	letters	of	credit	
Unused	credit	card	lines	
	 Total	undisbursed	

loan	commitments	

December 31,

2005 

2004

$ 555,36 
	 5,036 
	 42,6 
	 4,92 

$  36,0
  49,699
4,90
  4,324

$ 6,432 

$ 49,632

Rental	expenses	recorded	under	such	leases	in	2005, 2004 and	
2003	amounted	to	$3,39,000, $3,226,000	and	$2,00,000,	
respectively.

In	the	normal	course	of	business,	we	are	involved	in	various	
legal	claims.	Management	has	reviewed	all	legal	claims	against	
us	with	in-house	or	outside	legal	counsel	and	has	taken	into	
consideration	the	views	of	such	counsel	as	to	the	outcome	of	
the	claims.	In	management’s	opinion,	the	final	disposition	of	
all	such	claims	will	not	have	a	material	adverse	effect	on	our	
financial	position	or	results	of	operations.

69

 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
Hanmi Financial
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The	estimated	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	has	been	deter-
mined	by	using	available	market	information	and	appropriate	
valuation	methodologies.	However,	considerable	judgment	is	

(In Thousands) 

Assets:

	 Cash	and	cash	equivalents	
	 Federal	Reserve	Bank	stock	
	 Federal	Home	Loan	Bank	stock	
	 Securities	held	to	maturity	
	 Securities	available	for	sale	
	 Loans	receivable,	net	
	 Loans	held	for	sale	
	 Accrued	interest	receivable	

Interest	rate	swaps	

	 Equity	swap	

Liabilities: 

	 Non-interest-bearing	deposits	
Interest-bearing	deposits	

	 Other	borrowed	funds	and	junior	subordinated	debentures	
	 Accrued	interest	payable	
	 Currency	swap	
	 Embedded	derivative	

The	methods	and	assumptions	used	to	estimate	the	fair	value	
of	each	class	of	financial	instruments	for	which	it	is	practicable	
to	estimate	that	value	are	explained	below:

(a) Cash and cash equivalents	–	The	carrying	amounts	approximate	
fair	value	due	to	the	short-term	nature	of	these	instruments.

(b) Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank stock	–	
The	carrying	amounts	approximate	fair	value	as	the	stock	may	
be	resold	to	the	issuer	at	carrying	value.

(c) Securities	–	The	fair	value	of	securities	is	generally	obtained	
from	market	bids	for	similar	or	identical	securities	or	obtained	
from	independent	securities	brokers	or	dealers.

required	to	interpret	market	data	in	order	to	develop	estimates	
of	fair	value.	Accordingly,	the	estimates	presented	herein	are	not	
necessarily	indicative	of	the	amounts	that	we	could	realize	in	a	
current	market	exchange.	The	use	of	different	market	assump-
tions	and/or	estimation	methodologies	may	have	a	material	
effect	on	the	estimated	fair	value	amounts.

December 31,	2005 

December 31,	2004

Carrying 
Amount 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Carrying 
Amount 

Estimated
Fair Value

$ 

63,4 
12,350 
2,23 
,049 
442,63 
2,46,05 
,065 
4,20 
–	
4 

738,618 
2,087,496 
128,737 
11,911 
(105)	
1,280 

$ 

63,4 
12,350 
2,23 
,05 
442,63 
2,460,092 
,04 
4,20 
–	
4 

738,618 
2,087,496 
129,441 
11,911 
(105)	
1,280 

$ 

2,64 
12,099 
9,62 
,090 
4,3 
2,230,992 
3,50 
0,029 
(293)	
22 

729,853 
1,799,22 
151,699 
7,100 
–	
1,396 

$ 

2,64
12,099
9,62
,093
4,3
2,229,096
4,026
0,029
(293)
22

729,853
  1,799,224
153,541
7,100
–
1,396

(d) Loans	–	Fair	values	are	estimated	for	portfolios	of	loans	with	
similar	financial	characteristics,	primarily	fixed	and	adjustable	
rate	interest	terms.	The	fair	values	of	fixed	rate	mortgage	loans	
are	based	on	discounted	cash	flows	utilizing	applicable	risk-
adjusted	spreads	relative	to	the	current	pricing	of	similar	fixed	
rate	loans,	as	well	as	anticipated	repayment	schedules.	The	fair	
value	of	adjustable	rate	commercial	loans	is	based	on	the		
estimated	discounted	cash	flows	utilizing	the	discount	rates	that	
approximate	the	pricing	of	loans	collateralized	by	similar		
commercial	properties.	The	fair	value	of	non-performing	loans	
at	December	31, 2005	and	2004	was	not	estimated	because	it	
is	not	practicable	to	reasonably	assess	the	credit	adjustment	that	
would	be	applied	in	the	marketplace	for	such	loans.	The		
estimated	fair	value	is	net	of	allowance	for	loan	losses.

0 

	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
(e) Accrued interest receivable	–	The	carrying	amount	of	accrued	
interest	receivable	approximates	its	fair	value.

(f) Deposits	–	The	fair	value	of	non-maturity	deposits	is	the	
amount	payable	on	demand	at	the	reporting	date.	Non-matu-
rity	deposits	include	non-interest-bearing	demand	deposits,	
savings	accounts	and	money	market	checking.	Discounted	cash	
flows	have	been	used	to	value	term	deposits	such	as	certifi-
cates	of	deposit.	The	discount	rate	used	is	based	on	interest	
rates	currently	being	offered	by	the	Bank	on	comparable	
deposits	as	to	amount	and	term.

(g) Accrued interest payable	–	The	carrying	amount	of	accrued	
interest	payable	approximates	its	fair	value.

(h) Other borrowed funds and junior subordinated debentures	–	
Discounted	cash	flows	have	been	used	to	value	other	borrowed	
funds	and	junior	subordinated	debentures.

(i) Loan commitments and standby letters of credit	–	The	fair	value	
of	loan	commitments	and	standby	letters	of	credit	is	based	
upon	the	difference	between	the	current	value	of	similar	loans	
and	the	price	at	which	the	Bank	has	committed	to	make	the	
loans.	The	fair	value	of	loan	commitments	and	standby	letters	
of	credit	is	immaterial	at	December	31, 2005	and	2004.

(j) Interest rate swaps, equity swap, embedded derivative and currency 
swap	–	The	carrying	amounts	of	the	interest	rate	swaps,	equity	
swap,	embedded	derivative	and	currency	swap	approximate	
their	fair	value.

Note 19 – Condensed financial information of  
parent company
Statements	of	Financial	Condition

(In Thousands) 

Assets:

	 Cash		
	 Receivable	from	Hanmi	Bank	
Investment	in	Hanmi	Bank	
Investment	in	unconsolidated	

subsidiaries	

	 Other	assets	

	 Total	assets	

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

	 Liabilities:

Junior	subordinated	
	 debentures	
	 Other	liabilities	
	 Shareholders’	equity	

	 Total	liabilities	and	

December 31,

2005 

2004

$  ,40  $  5,36
455
  45,302

–	
	 505,009 

2,96 
3,09 

2,96
,99
$ 52,556  $ 45,9

$  2,406  $  2,406
3,602
  399,90

3,33 
	 426, 

shareholders’	equity	

$ 52,556  $ 45,9

Statements	of	Income

(In Thousands) 

2005 

2004	

2003

Years Ended December 31,

Equity	in	earnings	of	
	 Hanmi	Bank		
Other	expenses,	net	
Income	tax	benefit	
	 Net	income	

$  62,00 
(6,33)	
2,36 
$  5,229 

$  39,54 
(4,63)	
,99 
$  36,00 

$  9,5
(602)
23
$  9,23



 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
Hanmi Financial
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Statements	of	Cash	Flows

(In Thousands) 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

2005 

Years Ended December 31,
2004	

2003

	 Net	income	
	 Adjustments	to	reconcile	net	income	to	net	cash	used	in	operating	activities:

$ 

5,229 

$ 

36,00 

$ 

9,23

	 Earnings	of	Hanmi	Bank	
	 Decrease	(increase)	in	receivable	from	Hanmi	Bank	

Increase	in	other	assets	
(Decrease)	increase	in	other	liabilities	

	 Tax	benefit	from	exercise	of	non-qualified	stock	options	

	 Net	cash	used	in	operating	activities	

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

	 Dividends	received	from	Hanmi	Bank	
	 Capital	contribution	to	Hanmi	Bank	
	 Acquisition	of	Pacific	Union	Bank	
	 Purchase	of	investment	in	unconsolidated	subsidiaries	

	 Net	cash	provided	by	(used	in)	investing	activities	

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

Issuance	of	junior	subordinated	debentures	

	 Proceeds	from	exercise	of	stock	options	
	 Stock	issued	through	private	placement	
	 Repurchase	of	common	stock	
	 Cash	dividends	paid	

	 Net	cash	(used	in)	provided	by	financing	activities	

Net	(decrease)	increase	in	cash	
Cash	–	beginning	of	year	
Cash	–	end	of	year	

(62,00)	
455	
(,292)	
(229)	
29	
(4,09)	

2,54 
–	
–	
–	
2,54	

–	
2,52 
–	
(20,04)	
(9,25)	
(2,33)	
(3,906)	
5,36 
,40 

$ 

(39,54)	
(224)	
()	
32	
–	
(3,64)	

,990 
(0,000)	
(,0)	
(2,45)	
(42,95)	

2,406	
3,425 
,0	
–	
(,40)	
49,0	
3,922	
,454 
5,36 

$ 

(9,5)
(23)
(,968)
,065
–
(,499)

2,300
–
–
(6)
2,39

–
3,4
–
–
(4,220)
(,09)
(439)
,93
,454

$ 

2 

			
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
Note 20 – Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Summarized	quarterly	financial	data	follows:

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts) 

March 31 

June 30 

September 30 

December 31

Quarters Ended

2005:

Interest	income	
Interest	expense	

	 Net	interest	income	before	provision	for	credit	losses	
	 Provision	for	credit	losses	
	 Non-interest	income	
	 Non-interest	expenses	

Income	before	income	taxes	
Income	taxes	

	 Net	income	

	 Earnings	per	share:

	 Basic		
	 Diluted	

2004:

Interest	income	
Interest	expense	

	 Net	interest	income	before	provision	for	credit	losses	
	 Provision	for	credit	losses	
	 Non-interest	income	
	 Non-interest	expenses	

Income	before	income	taxes	
Income	taxes	

	 Net	income	

	 Earnings	per	share:

	 Basic		
	 Diluted	

Reclassifications	have	been	made	to	the	2005	and	2004	
quarterly	financial	statements	to	conform	to	the	current	
presentation.

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

43,209 
,34 
3,62 
36 
,35 
,405 
2,6 
,346 
3,332 

0.2 
0.2 

2,99 
5,0 
6,2 
900 
4,905 
0,364 
0,469 
4,03 
6,36 

0.22 
0.22 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

4,60 
3,462 
34,45 
450 
,34 
6,22 
24,30 
9,92 
5,03 

0.30 
0.30 

3,54 
,44 
24,030 
50	
6,95 
,62 
2,369 
4,24 
,545 

0. 
0. 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

5,952 
6,3 
35,2 
3,5 
9,200 
6,99 
24,3 
9,204 
4,969 

0.30 
0.30 

39,44 
9,26 
29,6 
–	
,29 
,99 
,5 
,09 
,069 

0.23 
0.22 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

56,339
20,4
35,6
,652
,32
,525
24,003
9,3
4,90

0.3
0.30

4,0
0,6
3,023
,5
,264
9,45
,69
6,99
,00

0.24
0.23

3

 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Hanmi Financial
Branch Offices

Corporate Headquarters	
3660	Wilshire	Boulevard	
Penthouse	Suite	a	
Los	Angeles,	CA	90010	
(213)	382-2200

Cerritos Branch		
11754	East	Artesia	Boulevard	
Artesia,	CA	90701	
(562)	924-8001 
Woo  Young Choung 
First Vice President & Manager

Downtown Branch	
950	South	Los	Angeles	Street	
Los	Angeles,	CA	90015 
(213)	347-6051	
Ae Cha Kim 
Senior Vice President &  
District Leader

Fashion District Branch	
726	East	12th	Street	
Suite	211		
Los	Angeles,	CA	90021	
(213)	743-5850	
Judy Lee  
First Vice President & Manager

Garden Grove Branch	
9820	Garden	Grove	Boulevard	
Garden	Grove,	CA	92844 
(714)	537-4040	
Ine Ja Kim  
Senior Vice President & Manager

Gardena Branch		
2001	West	Redondo	Beach	
Boulevard	
Gardena,	CA	90247 
(310)	965-9400	
Thomas Oh 
Senior Vice President & Manager

Irvine Branch	
14474	Culver	Drive,	Suite	d	
Irvine,	CA	92604 
(949)	262-2500	
Dongin Kim   
First Vice President & Manager

Koreatown Galleria Branch	
3250	West	Olympic		
Boulevard,	Suite	200	
Los	Angeles,	CA	90006 
(323)	730-4830	
Kyung Mi Choi   
First Vice President & Manager

Koreatown Plaza Branch	
928	South	Western	Avenue	
Suite	260		
Los	Angeles,	CA	90006	
(213)	252-6360	
Elaine Chung  
Senior Vice President & Manager

Mid-Olympic Branch	
3099	West	Olympic	Boulevard	
Los	Angeles,	CA	90006 
(213)	252-6340	
Thomas Kim   
First Vice President & Manager

Olympic Branch	
3737	West	Olympic	Boulevard	
Los	Angeles,	CA	90019 
(323)	735-3737 
Helen Kim  
Senior  Vice President &  
District Leader

Rowland Heights Branch	
18720	East	Colima	Road	
Rowland	Heights,	CA	91748	
(626)	854-1000	
Sook Ran Park 
Senior Vice President & Manager

San Diego Branch	
4637	Convoy	Street,	Suite	101	
San	Diego,	CA		92111 
(858)	467-4800 
Young Hoon Oh  
First Vice President & Manager

San Francisco Branch	
1491	Webster	Street	
San	Francisco,	CA	94115 
(415)	776-3003	
Philip Whang  
First Vice President & Manager

Silicon Valley Branch	
2765	El	Camino	Real	
Santa	Clara,	CA	95051 
(408)	260-3400 
Philip Whang  
First Vice President & Manager

South Cerritos Branch	
11900	South	Street,	Suite	109	
Cerritos,	CA	90703 
(562)	924-0700	
Ho Il Min   
First Vice President & Manager

Torrance Branch 	
2370	Crenshaw	Boulevard	
Suite	h		
Torrance,	CA 90501 
(310)	781-1200 
Sun Young Park   
First Vice President & Manager

Van Nuys Branch	
14427	Sherman	Way	
Van	Nuys,	CA	91405	
(818)	779-3120 
Sun Ae Choi   
First Vice President & Manager

Vermont Branch	
933	South	Vermont	Avenue	
Los	Angeles,	CA	90006 
(213)	252-6380	
Don Bae Lee 
Senior  Vice President & Manager

West Garden Grove Branch	
9122	Garden	Grove	Boulevard	
Garden	Grove,	CA	92844 
(714)	537-4111	
Michelle Kwon   
First Vice President & Manager

West Torrance Branch	
21838	Hawthorne	Boulevard	
Torrance,	CA	90503 
(310)	241-4280	
Suk Jin Yoon   
First Vice President & Manager

Western Branch	
120	South	Western	Avenue	
Los	Angeles,	CA	90004 
(213)	388-2200 
Sharon Im  
First Vice President & Manager

Wilshire Branch	
3660	Wilshire	Boulevard	
Suite	103	
Los	Angeles,	CA	90010 
(213)	427-5757 
Jennifer Yun 
First Vice President & Manager

Commercial Loan Department	
3660	Wilshire	Boulevard	
Suite	1050	 	
Los	Angeles,	CA	90010 
(213)	427-5626 
Hassan Bouayad  
Senior  Vice President  
& Chief Lending Officer

Consumer Loan Center	
3099	West	Olympic	Boulevard	
Los	Angeles,	CA	90006 
(213)	252-6400 
Jennifer Nam  
First Vice President & Manager

SBA Loan Department	
3327	Wilshire	Boulevard	
Los	Angeles,	CA	90010 
(213)	427-5761 
James Kim  
First Vice President & Manager

Northern California LPO	
39899	Balentine	Drive	
Suite	200		
Newark,	CA	94560 
(510)	438-6870	
Jodie Park   
Vice President & Manager

Seattle LPO  	
33110	Pacific	Highway	South	
Suite	4		
Federal	Way,	WA	98003 
(253)	952-7766

Chicago LPO	
6200	North	Hiawatha	
Suite	235		
Chicago,	IL	60646 
(773)	202-1116	
Sei Keun Ahn  
Vice President & Manager

Atlanta LPO 	
3585	Peachtree		
Industrial	Blvd.,	#144	
Duluth,	GA	30096 
(678)	990-5002   	
Karl Chang 
Vice President & Manager

Virginia LPO	 	
7535	Little	River	Turnpike	
Suite	200b	
Annandale,	VA	22003 
(703)	914-1001				
Yong Jae Park  
First Vice President & Manager

4 

	
 
	
 
 
 
	
Hanmi Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Hanmi Financial 
Corporation (Nasdaq: HAFC). A leading multi-ethnic bank  
headquartered in Los Angeles, Hanmi Bank provides high quality 
individual, corporate and institutional financial services in regional 
markets. Throughout its history, Hanmi has produced long-term 
profitable growth while adapting to changing market conditions. 

We credit this success to practicing sound and prudent risk 
management techniques and to nurturing enduring relationships  
with you — our shareholders, customers and employees. By always 
keeping you in mind, we are continually building a better bank. 

At year-end 2005, your bank had total assets of $3.4 billion  
and 22 full-service offices in Los Angeles, Orange, San Francisco,  
Santa Clara and San Diego counties.

Design: bloch+coulter Design Group   www.blochcoulter.com

Corporate Headquarters

 Wilshire Boulevard

Penthouse Suite 

Los Angeles, California 

() -

www.hanmifinancial.com